e10vk
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One) |
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934 |
|
For the Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2004 |
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934 |
Commission File No. 0-25826
HARMONIC INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
77-0201147 |
|
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or
organization) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number) |
549 Baltic Way
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
(408) 542-2500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrants principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the
Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the
Act:
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share
Preferred Share Purchase Rights
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes
[ü] No
[ ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the
Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
Yes
[ü] No
[ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated
filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes
[ü] No
[ ]
Based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock on the
NASDAQ National Market System on July 2, 2004, the
aggregate market value of the voting Common Stock held by
non-affiliates of the Registrant was $502,224,776. Shares of
Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each
person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have
been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not
necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
The number of shares outstanding of the Registrants Common
Stock, $.001 par value, was 73,053,069 on March 1,
2005.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrants 2005
Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004) are
incorporated by reference in Part II and Part III of
this Form 10-K.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K are forward-looking statements that involve risk
and uncertainties. The statements contained in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K that are not purely historical are
forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of
the Exchange Act, including, without limitation, statements
regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies
regarding the future. All forward-looking statements included in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on information
available to us on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation
to update any such forward-looking statements. These statements
involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other
factors, which may cause our actual results to differ materially
from those implied by the forward-looking statements. In some
cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by
terminology such as may, will,
should, expects, plans,
anticipates, believes,
intends, estimates,
predicts, potential, or
continue or the negative of these terms or other
comparable terminology. Although we believe that the
expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are
reasonable, we cannot offer any assurance of future results,
levels of activity, performance or achievements. Important
factors that may cause actual results differ from expectations
include those discussed Factors That May Affect Future
Results of Operations beginning on page 30 in this
document. The terms Harmonic, the
Company, we, us, its,
and our as used in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K refer to Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries and
its predecessors as a combined entity, except where the context
requires otherwise.
PART I
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell digital video systems and fiber
optic systems that enable network operators to provide a range
of interactive and advanced digital services that include
digital video, video-on-demand (VOD), high definition television
(HDTV), high-speed Internet access and telephony. Historically,
most of our sales have been derived from sales of digital
headend products and fiber optic transmission systems to cable
television and direct broadcast satellite (DBS) operators.
We also derive a growing portion of our sales from telephone
companies that offer video services to their customers.
Harmonic was initially incorporated in California in June 1988
and reincorporated into Delaware in May 1995. Our principal
executive offices are located at 549 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale,
California 94089. Our telephone number is (408) 542-2500.
Harmonic is organized as two operating divisions, Convergent
Systems, or CS, for digital video systems, and Broadband Access
Networks, or BAN, for fiber optic systems. Each division has its
own management team directing its product development and
marketing strategies and its customer service requirements. A
separate sales force generally supports both divisions with
appropriate product and market specialization as required.
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
Demand for broadband and digital video services
The demand for broadband services has increased significantly in
recent years due in large part to the dramatic growth of the
Internet. In addition, the delivery to subscribers of television
programming and Internet-based information and communication
services is converging, driven in part by advances in technology
and in part by changes in the regulatory and competitive
environment. The demand for more bandwidth-intensive video,
voice and data content has strained existing communications
networks and created bottlenecks, especially in the last
mile of the communications infrastructure where homes
connect to the local network. Changes in the television industry
have led to a proliferation of new television channels,
including the introduction of high definition channels, and to
the development of interactive and on-demand television services
which are provided on an individual, as opposed to a broadcast
basis.
1
Competition and deregulation
Recent regulatory reform has spurred competition among
communication service providers worldwide to offer combinations
of video, voice and data services. Historically, U.S. long
distance carriers and regional Bell operating companies, or
RBOCs, provided only telephony services in the residential
market. Cable television multiple system operators, or MSOs,
provided video programming. DBS operators previously provided
only video programming services and were initially further
restricted by regulation from making local television channels
available in local markets. As a result, none of these operators
had networks conducive to providing high-speed data services to
residential subscribers, or any other services that they had not
been previously allowed to provide. The Telecommunications Act
of 1996, however, generally permitted service operators to enter
each others markets and to provide a variety of voice,
video and data services. As a result, most cable companies now
offer broadband services, including broadcast digital video,
VOD, internet access and telephony, over many of their cable
systems. Similarly, telephone companies, or telcos, have
deployed various digital subscriber line, or DSL, technologies
for high-speed data services over their existing copper
networks. A number of telcos have begun to deploy alternative
delivery systems such as fiber to the premises, or FTTP, for
data and video transmission, and some have also deployed video
services over their DSL networks. Following regulatory changes,
DBS operators have now introduced local channels in all major
markets, allowing them to compete more effectively with cable
MSOs. Additionally, in many major metropolitan areas, new
carriers have entered the communications services market,
although many scaled back or halted network construction because
of funding limitations caused by conditions in capital markets.
Similar deregulation of telecommunications and broadcasting
abroad has fostered substantial growth and competition in
foreign communications markets. Many countries have liberalized
the provision of broadcast television and abolished or exposed
to competition incumbent broadcast and telecom monopolies.
Several have encouraged digital broadcasting in order to provide
more channel capacity, higher quality video, and the provision
of other digital services, such as data and voice. These
developments have led to the establishment of new cable
television networks, the launch of new DBS services and the
entry of telephone companies into the business of providing
video services.
Our cable market
To address increasing competition and demand for high-speed
broadband services, cable operators have introduced digital
video, voice and data services in addition to traditional analog
video. By offering bundled packages of broadband services, cable
operators are seeking to obtain a competitive advantage over
telephone companies and DBS providers and to create additional
revenue streams. Cable operators have been upgrading and
rebuilding their networks to offer digital video, which enables
cable operators to provide more channels and better picture
quality than analog video, allowing them to better compete
against the increasing penetration of DBS services. In many
areas, cable operators have rolled out new interactive services
such as VOD, as well as HDTV on their digital platforms. VOD
allows subscribers to order, start, pause and stop selected
movies and other content at their own discretion. In order to
provide high-speed Internet service, cable operators have
deployed cable modems in an increasing number of their systems.
According to the National Cable & Telecommunications
Association, there were an estimated 19.4 million cable
modem subscribers in the U.S. as of September 30,
2004. Some cable operators are also upgrading and building out
their networks to provide telephony services in a number of
major markets and some have also targeted certain business
markets for the delivery of high-bandwidth services.
The ability of cable operators to deliver digital video, voice
and high-speed data services on a broad scale, however, was
constrained by the design of their legacy networks. These
networks, which reach more than 90% of U.S. homes with
televisions, were built initially for one-way broadcast analog
television and have required substantial upgrades to make them
capable of reliably supporting two-way digital services, such as
high-speed Internet access and telephony. Major U.S. cable
operators have indicated that the completion of major network
upgrades, which involved significant labor and construction
costs, which will result in lower capital expenditures in future
periods. However, in addition to upgrading and extending network
infrastructure with fiber optics, in order to provide new
services it is necessary for cable operators to invest in
digital headend equipment that can receive, process and
distribute content from a variety of sources in increasingly
complex headends. For example, VOD services require video
storage equipment and servers, complemented by devices capable
of routing, multiplexing and modulation for delivering signals
to individual subscribers over a hybrid fiber-coax, or HFC,
network. Additionally, the provision of HDTV
2
channels requires significantly more bandwidth than the
equivalent number of standard definition channels. As these new
services continue to attract increasing numbers of subscribers,
we believe that cable operators will be required to continue to
upgrade headends and the transmission network to handle the
greater volume and complexity of network traffic. For example,
certain cable operators have begun to implement digital
simulcasting, which makes all channels available in digital
format, in addition to certain of the same channels in analog
format for analog-only cable subscribers. We expect that,
although total U.S. cable capital expenditures are
declining, cable operators will continue to invest capital to
more effectively manage available bandwidth in the headend as
well as make further network improvements, such as node
segmentation, which is the support of fewer homes on a single
optical node. These network improvements will facilitate the
broad rollout of services such as IP telephony and high-speed
data services for both residences and business enterprises.
Our satellite market
Satellite operators around the world have established digital
television services that serve millions of subscribers. These
services, which are capable of providing up to several hundred
channels of high quality video, have become popular with
consumers who want a wider choice of programming than has been
typically available from cable or broadcast television. The
increasing availability of digital set top boxes and small low
cost receiving dishes for subscribers homes facilitated
the rollout of DBS services. DBS services, however, operate
mostly in a one-way environment. Signals are transmitted from an
uplink center to a satellite and then beamed to dishes located
at subscribers homes. This method is suited to the
delivery of broadcast television, but does not lend itself
easily to two-way services, such as Internet access or VOD.
As cable operators expand the number of channels offered and
introduce services such as VOD and HDTV, DBS providers are
seeking to protect and expand their subscriber base in a number
of ways. DBS operators now have the right to provide local
channels to local markets in the U.S. and have made local
channels available in all major markets. In the U.S.,
must-carry regulations generally require DBS
operators to transmit all local channels in any markets they
serve, thereby adding constraints on channel capacity. Advances
in digital compression technology allow DBS operators to
cost-effectively add these new channels and to further expand
their video entertainment offerings, although the need to
provide more HDTV channels in the future will pose continuing
bandwidth challenges and may require further capital
expenditures by such operators.
Our telco market
Telcos are also facing increasing competition and demand for
high-speed residential broadband services. To date, their
offerings in residential markets have been aimed mostly at
providing Internet access in addition to traditional voice
services. This is accomplished principally by the deployment of
DSL technology or, in certain cases, over FTTP networks. Like
the cable networks, the telcos legacy networks are not
well equipped to offer new services. The substantial bandwidth
and distance limitations of the copper-based last
mile have limited DSL deployment and present an even
greater barrier to providing video services. Although cable
companies and certain new broadband service providers have
networks equipped to deliver video and are moving to capture
data and voice customers, relatively few telcos have to date
offered video services as a competitive response. Video
delivered over DSL lines has major bandwidth limitations, but
the use of video compression technology at very low bit rates
and improvements in DSL technology has allowed certain operators
to introduce video services. The major RBOCs have now begun to
implement plans to rebuild or upgrade their networks to offer
bundled video, voice and data services.
Other markets
In the terrestrial broadcasting market, operators in many
countries are now required by regulation to convert from analog
to digital transmission in order to free up the broadcast
spectrum. The conversion to digital transmission often provides
the opportunity to deliver new services, such as HDTV and data
transmission. These broadcasters are faced with similar
requirements to cable and satellite providers in that they need
to convert analog signals to digital prior to transmission and
must also effectively manage the available bandwidth to maximize
their revenue streams. Similarly, operators of wireless
broadcast systems require encoding for the conversion of analog
signals to digital.
3
The market opportunity
The construction of new networks or the upgrade and extension of
existing networks to facilitate high-speed broadband video,
voice and data services requires substantial expenditure and
often the replacement of significant portions of the existing
infrastructure. The economic success of incumbent and new
operators in a competitive environment will depend to a large
extent on their ability to offer a choice of attractively priced
packages of voice, video and data services to consumers, and to
do so with high reliability and easy access to their network.
Personalized video services, such as VOD, and the availability
of TV sets equipped for HDTV, will require increasing amounts of
bandwidth to the home in order to deliver maximum choice and
flexibility. In addition, certain operators have initiated
trials to deliver live television to cellular telephones and
other mobile devices. Compression of video and data to utilize
effectively the available bandwidth, the cost-effective
transport of digital traffic within networks, and the
construction of robust fat pipes for distribution of
content are all essential elements in the ability of operators
to maximize revenue and minimize capital expenditures and
operating costs.
Current industry conditions
The telecommunications industry was particularly impacted by the
recent economic recession, adverse conditions in capital markets
and financial difficulties in both the service and equipment
sectors, including bankruptcies. Many of our domestic and
international customers accumulated significant levels of debt
and have begun or completed reorganizations and financial
restructurings. In particular, Adelphia Communications, a major
domestic cable operator, declared bankruptcy in June 2002. The
stock prices of other domestic cable companies came under
pressure following the Adelphia bankruptcy due to concerns about
debt levels and capital expenditure requirements for new and
expanded services, thereby making the raising of capital more
difficult and expensive. In Europe, rapid consolidation of the
cable industry through acquisitions also led to significant
levels of debt at the major MSOs, and companies such as NTL and
UPC went through bankruptcy proceedings. European digital
broadcasters, such as ITV Digital, Kirsch and Quiero, also filed
for protection from creditors. We believe that the financial
condition of many of our customers has stabilized or improved,
but industry capital spending has not returned to levels seen in
1999 and 2000. Furthermore, it is likely that continuing
industry restructuring will take place via mergers or spin-offs,
such as the Comcast acquisition of AT&T Broadband in 2002,
the acquisition by The News Corporation Ltd. in 2003 of an
indirect controlling interest in Hughes Electronics, the parent
company of DIRECTV, and other more recent transactions, such as
the privatization of Cox Communications, the proposed sale of
Adelphia out of bankruptcy, and the proposed sale of
Cablevisions VOOM! satellite assets to Echostar.
Regulatory issues, financial concerns and business combinations
among our customers are likely to significantly affect the
industry, capital spending plans, and our business for the
foreseeable future.
PRODUCTS
Harmonics products are organized in two principal groups,
Convergent Systems and Broadband Access Networks. In addition,
Harmonic provides technical support services to its customers
worldwide.
Our digital video products provide broadband operators with the
ability to accept a variety of signals from different sources,
in different protocols, and to organize, manage and distribute
this content to maximize use of the available bandwidth. Our
encoders and multiplexers allow our customers to convert analog
video to digital and to process this output into a compressed
video stream which can be delivered over a fiber or wireless
network to subscribers. Our edge device, or gateway, products
enable operators to deliver customized broadcast or narrowcast
on-demand services to their subscribers.
Our optical transmission products, node platforms and return
path products, and element management systems allow operators to
deliver traditional broadcast video services while supporting
the roll-out of emerging interactive services and managing the
fiber network. Various types of optical transmitters enable
operators to design network architectures which address the
service and technical requirements of their systems. Our optical
nodes are designed to incorporate a variety of modules which
provide the operator with network flexibility and scalability to
support increases in subscribers and the introduction of new
services.
4
Convergent Systems products
The Convergent Systems (CS) division develops
standards-based solutions that enable operators to increase the
capacity of their broadband networks with advanced compression
and stream processing technology. Our CS divisions
advanced digital video solutions enable satellite, cable, telco,
broadcast, and wireless operators around the world to offer
digital video services to their customers. As video, data and
voice services continue to converge, effectively managing and
processing these bandwidth-intensive applications becomes
critical to the long-term viability of an operators
network.
Compression products
DiviCom encoders. This is a complete line of high
performance encoders, which provide compression of video, audio
and data channels. Using sophisticated signal pre-processing,
noise reduction and encoding algorithms, these encoders produce
high-quality video and audio at low data rates. Their compliance
with widely adopted standards enables interoperability with
other products and systems. The MV100 encoder, introduced in the
fall of 2003, has the highest compression efficiency of our
encoder family and is designed with sufficient processing power
to function with new video compression standards currently being
introduced. The MV450 encoder is designed for encoding of high
definition television signals.
Ion multichannel encoders. Introduced in 2004, the
Ion encoder is a modular encoder designed for lower cost, higher
density applications. Up to four encoder modules can be inserted
into a single rack unit.
Edge devices
Narrowcast Services Gateway. Our Narrowcast Services
Gateway, or NSG, is a fully integrated server gateway, which
interfaces with the output from a video server and integrates
routing, multiplexing and modulation into a single package for
the delivery of VOD services to subscribers over cable networks.
The NSG is usually supplied with Gigabit Ethernet inputs,
allowing the operator to use bandwidth efficiently by delivering
IP signals from the headend to the edge of the network for
subsequent modulation onto the HFC network.
Stream processing products
Media Node. Media Node is a flexible
MPEG-2 networking, switching and multiplexing platform. In
a broadcast facility, the video, audio and data streams must be
combined or multiplexed into a single stream prior to
transmission. Our multiplexing platform combines compressed
streams from various sources into a single transport stream.
Sources may include Harmonic encoders or third-party devices
such as video servers.
Broadcast Network Gateway. Our Broadcast Network
Gateway, or BNG, provides digital turnaround and remote
modulation capability with a variety of flexible input and
output options. The BNG allows operators to manage a variety of
digital streams without expensive decoding and re-encoding.
Digital turnaround systems. Our digital turnaround
system is a flexible, modular platform for aggregating,
multiplexing and scrambling digital signals prior to
transmission over broadband networks. It is especially well
suited to grooming applications where a local
operator wants to change a line-up of pre-packaged channels or
content received from a regional or national feed. We also
provide the Terayon CherryPicker digital stream
management system under a reseller agreement with Terayon
Communications.
Control and automation products
Modern digital networks are a diverse array of hardware and
software components from a variety of vendors, using a number of
network protocols and standards. Network management is a key
tool that lets service providers monitor and control their
networks. Our expertise in digital video, audio and data helps
service providers with their network management requirements.
Products such as our NMX Digital Service Manager give service
providers the ability to visually monitor their digital video
infrastructure at an aggregate level, rather than just discrete
pieces of hardware, reducing their operational costs.
5
Broadband Access Networks products
The Broadband Access Networks (BAN) division applies its
strengths in optics and electronics, including expertise with
lasers, modulators, and radio frequency technology, to develop
products which provide enhanced network reliability and allow
broadband service providers to deliver advanced services,
including two-way interactive services. We provide the operator
with end-to-end capability in the fiber portion of the network.
Optical transmission systems
We offer MAXLink transmitters and optical amplifiers, PWRLink
transmitters and Dense Wave Division Multiplexing, or DWDM, and
Coarse Wave Division Multiplexing, or CWDM, systems for a wide
range of optical transmission requirements.
MAXLink transmitters and optical amplifiers. The
MAXLink transmitters and optical amplifiers operate at a
wavelength of 1550 nm and serve long-haul applications and fiber
dense architectures that are beyond the capability of shorter
range 1310 nm transmitters. This system is suited to cable
networks employing such features as redundant rings, hub
interconnects and broadcast layer transmission. The MAXLink Plus
further increases the channel capacity of cable and other
networks and can transmit over distances in excess of 200
kilometers. Certain models of these optical transmitters and
amplifiers are also used in passive optical networks by
telephone companies and other broadband providers offering
broadcast video services.
PWRLink transmitters. The PWRLink series of optical
transmitters provides optical transmission primarily for use at
a headend or hub for local distribution to optical nodes and for
narrowcasting, which is the transmission of programming to a
select set of subscribers.
METROLink system. Our METROLink DWDM system allows
operators to expand the capacity of a single strand of fiber and
also to provide narrowcast services directly from the headend to
nodes. This ability can significantly reduce the size of hubs
and the associated building and equipment maintenance costs. By
increasing the downstream and upstream capacity of existing
optical fiber, METROLink can also eliminate the significant
expense of laying additional fiber.
GIGALight. Our GIGALight is a DWDM system for the
transport of Gigabit Ethernet traffic. It allows high-bandwidth
services, such as VOD, to be carried on a single fiber and
targeted to particular segments of the network by optical
wavelength.
CWDM Commercial Services. Our CWDM Commercial
Services solution allows a cable operator to leverage his
existing HFC network by providing high-speed services on a
wavelength of a shared fiber to individual business customers.
Optical nodes and return path products
We offer a variety of optical nodes, return path transmitters
and receivers to provide two-way transmission capability.
Optical nodes are designed to allow the customer to add capacity
and scale as the number of subscribers grows and new services
are provided.
PWRBlazer optical nodes. Our family of PWRBlazer
optical nodes supports network architectures which meet the
varying demands for bandwidth delivered to a service area. By
the addition of modules providing functions such as return path
transmission and DWDM, our configurable nodes are easily
segmented to handle increasing two-way traffic over a fiber
network without major plant reconstruction.
Return path transmitters and receivers. Our return
path transmitters support two-way transmission capabilities by
sending video, voice and data signals from the optical node back
to the headend. These transmitters are available for either
analog or digital transport.
Network management
NETWatch Management System. Our NETWatch management
system consists of transponders and network management software.
The transponders operate in broadband networks to capture
measurement data and our software
6
enables the broadband service operator to monitor and control
the HFC transmission network from a master headend or remote
locations. Our NETWatch software is designed to be integrated
into larger network management systems through the use of simple
network management protocol, or SNMP.
Technical services
We provide consulting, implementation and maintenance services
to our customers worldwide, principally those which purchase CS
division products or solutions. We draw upon our expertise in
broadcast television, communications networking and compression
technology to design, integrate and install complete solutions.
We offer a broad range of services and support including program
management, budget analysis, technical design and planning,
parts inventory management, building and site preparation,
integration and equipment installation, end-to-end system
testing, comprehensive training and ongoing maintenance.
Harmonic also has extensive experience in integrating our
products with numerous third-party products and services.
CUSTOMERS
We sell our products to a variety of broadband communications
companies. Set forth below is a representative list of our
significant end-user and integrator/distributor customers based
on net sales during 2004.
|
|
|
United States |
|
International |
|
|
|
Adelphia Communications
|
|
Alcatel
|
Cablevision/ VOOM
|
|
Aliant
|
Charter Communications
|
|
Bell Express Vu
|
Comcast
|
|
Capella
|
Cox
|
|
NTL
|
DIRECTV
|
|
Siemens
|
EchoStar
|
|
SkyPerfect
|
Sinclair Broadcasting
|
|
Sumitomo/BNMux
|
Thales
|
|
Telindus
|
Time Warner Cable
|
|
Telewest
|
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
of cable television and direct broadcast satellite systems, we
expect this customer concentration to continue in the
foreseeable future. Net sales to our ten largest customers in
2004, 2003 and 2002 accounted for approximately 55%, 65% and 61%
of net sales, respectively. In 2004, Comcast accounted for 17%
of net sales. In 2003, Comcast accounted for 32% of net sales.
In 2002, sales to Charter and Comcast accounted for 18% and 10%
of net sales, respectively. If Comcast, which acquired AT&T
Broadband in November 2002, and AT&T Broadband had been
combined for all of 2002, total net sales to the combined entity
would have been 17% of net sales. Although we are attempting to
broaden our customer base by penetrating new markets such as the
telco and broadcast markets, and expanding internationally, we
expect to see continuing industry consolidation and customer
concentration due in part to the significant capital costs of
constructing broadband networks. For example, Comcast acquired
AT&T Broadband in November 2002, thereby creating the
largest U.S. cable operator, reaching approximately
22 million subscribers. In the DBS segment, The News
Corporation Ltd. acquired an indirect controlling interest in
Hughes Electronics, the parent company of DIRECTV in 2003. More
recently, this trend has continued with the privatization of Cox
Communications, the planned sale of Adelphia out of bankruptcy,
and the proposed sale of Cablevisions VOOM! satellite
assets to Echostar. See Factors That May Affect Our Future
Results of Operations Our Customer Base Is
Concentrated And The Loss Of One Or More Of Our Key Customers
Would Harm Our Business.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2004, 2003 and
2002 represented 42%, 29%, and 29% of net sales, respectively.
The increase in our international sales in 2004 from 2003 was
due in part to the impact of a major project for a Japanese
customer and in part to a general increase in capital spending
by international customers. We expect international sales to
continue to account for a substantial portion of our net sales
for the foreseeable future. International sales are subject to a
number of risks, including changes in foreign government
regulations and
7
telecommunications standards, import and export license
requirements, tariffs, taxes and other trade barriers,
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, difficulty in
collecting accounts receivable, difficulty in staffing and
managing foreign operations, managing distributor relations and
political and economic instability. In addition, certain of our
international customers have accumulated significant levels of
debt and have announced or completed reorganizations and
financial restructurings, including bankruptcy filings.
Additional international markets may not develop and we may not
receive future orders to supply our products in international
markets at rates equal to or greater than those experienced in
recent periods. See Factors That May Affect Our Future
Results of Operations We Depend On Our International
Sales And Are Subject To The Risks Associated With International
Operations, Which May Negatively Affect Our Operating
Results.
SALES AND MARKETING
In the U.S. we sell our products principally through our
own direct sales force which is organized geographically and by
major customer and market to support customer requirements. We
sell to international customers through our own direct sales
force as well as independent distributors and integrators.
Principal sales offices outside of the U.S. are located in
the United Kingdom, France, and China. International
distributors are generally responsible for importing the
products and providing certain installation, technical support
and other services to customers in their territory. Our direct
sales force and distributors are supported by a highly trained
technical staff, which includes application engineers who work
closely with operators to develop technical proposals and design
systems to optimize system performance and economic benefits to
operators. Technical support provides a customized set of
services, as required, for ongoing maintenance,
support-on-demand and training for our customers and
distributors both in our facilities and on-site.
Our marketing organization develops strategies for product lines
and market segments, and, in conjunction with our sales force,
identifies the evolving technical and application needs of
customers so that our product development resources can be most
effectively and efficiently deployed to meet anticipated product
requirements. Our marketing organization is also responsible for
setting price levels, demand forecasting and general support of
the sales force, particularly at major accounts. We have many
programs in place to heighten industry awareness of Harmonic and
our products, including participation in technical conferences,
publication of articles in industry journals and exhibitions at
trade shows.
MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLIERS
We use third party contract manufacturers extensively to
assemble full turnkey products and a substantial majority of
subassemblies and modules for our products. Our increasing
reliance on subcontractors involves several risks, and we may
not be able to obtain an adequate supply of components,
subassemblies, modules and turnkey systems on a timely basis. In
late 2003, we entered into a three-year agreement with Plexus
Services Corp. as our primary contract manufacturer. The
transition of our manufacturing requirements from certain
current contract manufacturers to Plexus was completed in the
summer of 2004. Difficulties in managing relationships with
contract manufacturers could impede our ability to meet our
customers requirements and adversely affect our operating
results. See Factors That May Affect Our Future Results of
Operations We Purchase Several Key Components,
Subassemblies And Modules Used in The Manufacture or Integration
of Our Products From Sale or Limited Resources, And We Are
Increasingly Dependent on Contract Manufacturers.
Our manufacturing operations consist primarily of final assembly
and testing of fiber optic systems for our BAN division. These
processes are performed by highly trained personnel employing
technologically advanced electronic equipment and proprietary
test programs. The manufacturing of our products and
subassemblies is a complex process and we cannot be sure that we
will not experience production problems or manufacturing delays
in the future. Because we utilize our own manufacturing
facilities for the final assembly and test of our BAN division
fiber optic systems, and because such manufacturing capabilities
are not readily available from third parties, any interruption
in our own or our contract manufacturers operations could
materially and adversely affect our business, operating results,
financial position or cash flows.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
are dependent on LSI Logic for video
8
encoding chips. Our reliance on sole or limited suppliers,
particularly foreign suppliers, involves several risks,
including a potential inability to obtain an adequate supply of
required components, subassemblies or modules and reduced
control over pricing, quality and timely delivery of components,
subassemblies or modules. In particular, certain optical
components have in the past been in short supply and are
available only from a small number of suppliers, including sole
source suppliers. While we expend considerable efforts to
qualify additional optical component sources, consolidation of
suppliers in the industry and the small number of viable
alternatives have limited the results of these efforts. We do
not generally maintain long-term agreements with any of our
suppliers, although the agreement with Plexus is for a term of
three years ending in late 2006 with automatic annual renewals.
Managing our supplier relationships is particularly difficult
during time periods in which we introduce new products and
during time periods in which demand for our products is
increasing, especially if demand increases more quickly than we
expect. An inability to obtain adequate deliveries or any other
circumstance that would require us to seek alternative sources
of supply could affect our ability to ship our products on a
timely basis, which could damage relationships with current and
prospective customers and harm our business. We attempt to limit
this risk by maintaining safety stocks of certain components,
subassemblies and modules. As a result of this investment in
inventories, we have in the past and in the future may be
subject to risk of excess and obsolete inventories, which could
harm our business, operating results, financial position or cash
flows.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
We currently hold 39 issued U.S. patents and 19 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition, effective patent, copyright
and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do
business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products for digital applications, we may be required to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements with
third parties. Although many companies are often willing to
enter into such technology development or licensing agreements,
we cannot assure you that such agreements will be negotiated on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements, when necessary,
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and
could cause our business to suffer.
Harmonics industry is characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent claims and related
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. In particular, leading companies in the
telecommunications industry have extensive patent portfolios.
From time to time, third parties, including certain of these
leading companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive
patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property
rights against us or our customers. There can be no assurance
that the terms of any offered license would be acceptable to our
customers or that failure to obtain a license or the costs
associated with any license would not
9
cause our business, operating results, financial position or
cash flows to be materially adversely affected. Also, you should
read Factors That May Affect Our Future Results of
Operations We Or Our Customers May Face Intellectual
Property Infringement Claims From Third Parties and
Legal Proceedings for a description of the claim
against us by Stanford University and Litton Systems.
BACKLOG
We schedule production of our systems based upon our backlog,
open contracts, informal commitments from customers and sales
projections. Our backlog consists of firm purchase orders by
customers for delivery within the next twelve months as well as
deferred revenue which is expected to be recognized within the
next twelve months. At December 31, 2004, backlog,
including deferred revenue, amounted to $55.0 million,
compared to $45.8 million at December 31, 2003.
Anticipated orders from customers may fail to materialize and
delivery schedules may be deferred or canceled for a number of
reasons, including reductions in capital spending by cable,
satellite and other operators or changes in specific customer
requirements. In addition, due to weather-related seasonal
factors and annual capital spending budget cycles at many major
end-users, our backlog at December 31, 2004, or any other
date, is not necessarily indicative of actual sales for any
succeeding period.
COMPETITION
The markets for cable television fiber optics systems and
digital video systems are extremely competitive and have been
characterized by rapid technological change and declining
average selling prices. The principal competitive factors in
these markets include product performance, reliability, price,
breadth of product offerings, network management capabilities,
sales and distribution capabilities, technical support and
service, and relationships with network operators. We believe
that we compete favorably in each of these categories.
Harmonics competitors in the fiber optics systems business
include corporations such as C-Cor, Motorola and
Scientific-Atlanta. In the digital video systems business, we
compete broadly with vertically integrated system suppliers
including Motorola, Scientific-Atlanta, Tandberg Television and
Thomson Multimedia, and in certain product lines with Cisco and
a number of smaller companies.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
Harmonic. Many of these large organizations are in a better
position to withstand any significant reduction in capital
spending by customers in these markets. They often have broader
product lines and market focus and will therefore not be as
susceptible to downturns in a particular market. In addition,
many of our competitors have been in operation longer than we
have and therefore have more long-standing and established
relationships with domestic and foreign customers. We may not be
able to compete successfully in the future and competition may
harm our business, operating results, financial position or cash
flows.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. In addition, companies that have historically not had a
large presence in the broadband communications equipment market
have expanded their market presence through mergers and
acquisitions. Further, our competitors, particularly competitors
of our digital and video broadcasting systems business,
may bundle their products or incorporate functionality into
existing products in a manner that discourages users from
purchasing our products or which may require us to lower our
selling prices, which could result in lower gross margins.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
We have historically devoted a significant amount of our
resources to research and development. Research and development
expenses in 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $35.6 million,
$35.1 million and $40.8 million, respectively.
Our research and development program is primarily focused on
developing new products and systems, and adding new features to
existing products and systems. Our development strategy is to
identify features, products and systems for both software and
hardware that are, or expected to be, needed by our customers.
Our current research and development efforts in the CS division
are focused heavily on video compression systems in MPEG2 and
the new compression standards (MPEG4 or AVC and Microsoft VC-1).
We also devote resources to products for MPEG over Internet
Protocol (IP), VOD and switched broadcast and stream management
software. The BAN division research and
10
development efforts are focused in broadband optical and RF
products that enable the transmission of video over fiber optic
networks.
Our success in designing, developing, manufacturing and selling
new or enhanced products will depend on a variety of factors,
including the identification of market demand for new products,
product selection, timely implementation of product design and
development, product performance, effective manufacturing and
assembly processes and sales and marketing. Because of the
complexity inherent in such research and development efforts, we
cannot assure you that we will successfully develop new
products, or that new products developed by us will achieve
market acceptance. Our failure to successfully develop and
introduce new products could harm our business and operating
results.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2004, we employed a total of 590 people,
including 217 in sales, service and marketing, 172 in research
and development, 104 in manufacturing operations and 97 in a
general and administrative capacity. There are 467 employees in
the U.S. and 123 employees in foreign countries who are located
in the Middle East, Europe and Asia. We also employ a number of
temporary employees and consultants on a contract basis. From
January 1, 2001 to December 31, 2003, we reduced our
work force by approximately 44% primarily in response to a
significant slowing of industry spending and the consequent
adverse impact on our operating results. In response to sales
growth in 2004, we commenced hiring again, and added
33 people in 2004. None of our employees is represented by
a labor union with respect to his or her employment by Harmonic.
We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our
relations with our employees to be good. Our future success will
depend, in part, upon our ability to attract and retain
qualified personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the
broadband communications industry and in our immediate
geographic area remains strong, and we cannot assure you that we
will be successful in retaining our key employees or that we
will be able to attract skilled personnel in the future.
Executive Officers of Registrant
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
executive officers of Harmonic and their ages as of
March 1, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
|
|
|
|
|
Anthony J. Ley
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors,
President & Chief Executive Officer
|
Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Patrick Harshman
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
President, Broadband Access Networks
|
Yaron Simler
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
President, Convergent Systems
|
Israel Levi
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
Senior Vice President, Operations
and Quality
|
Anthony J. Ley has served as Harmonics President
and Chief Executive Officer since November 1988. Mr. Ley
was elected Chairman of the Board of Directors in February 1995.
From 1963 to 1987, Mr. Ley was employed at Schlumberger,
Limited both in Europe and the U.S., holding various senior
business management and research and development positions, most
recently as Vice President, Research and Engineering at
Fairchild Semiconductor/ Schlumberger in Palo Alto, California.
Mr. Ley holds an M.A. in mechanical sciences from the
University of Cambridge and an S.M.E.E. from the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. He is also named as an inventor in 29
patents, is a Fellow of the I.E.E. (U.K.) and a senior member of
the I.E.E.
Robin N. Dickson joined Harmonic in April 1992 as Chief
Financial Officer. From 1989 to March 1992, Mr. Dickson was
corporate controller of Vitelic Corporation, a semiconductor
manufacturer. From 1976 to 1989, Mr. Dickson held various
positions at Raychem Corporation, a materials science company,
including regional financial officer of the Asia-Pacific
Division of the International Group. Mr. Dickson holds a
Bachelor of Laws from the University of Edinburgh and is a
member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.
Patrick Harshman joined Harmonic in 1993 and has served
as President of Broadband Access Networks Division since January
2001. Before assuming his current position, Dr. Harshman
was Vice President of Marketing, responsible for
11
Harmonics digital video and fiber optic transmission
product lines. Dr. Harshman received a Ph.D. in Electrical
Engineering from the University of California, Berkeley, where
his graduate research focused on nonlinear optical phenomena in
optical communication systems.
Yaron Simler joined Harmonic in 1992 and has served as
President of Convergent Systems Division (CS) since
February 2001. Previously, Dr. Simler served as Vice
President of Marketing for the CS Division. Over the last
10 years, Dr. Simler has held several different
positions within Harmonic, including Applications Engineer,
International Sales Manager and Director of Applications and
Technology. Dr. Simler received a Ph.D. in Electrical
Engineering from the University of California, Berkeley with a
focus in optical communications. He is also named as an inventor
in 1 patent.
Israel Levi joined Harmonic in July 1989 and was
appointed Senior Vice President of Operations and Quality in
November 2002. Between January 2001 and October 2002,
Mr. Levi served as the Senior Vice President of Systems and
Technology. From May 1996 through December 2000, he was Vice
President of Research & Development. Prior to joining
Harmonic, Mr. Levi served in management of product
development at DSC, a telecommunications systems company. From
1984 to 1988, Mr. Levi served as Director of CATV Products
Division at Catel Communications, a telecommunications equipment
manufacturer. Mr. Levi holds an M.S. in Electrical
Engineering from Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada and a B.S.
in Electrical Engineering from Technion-Israel Institute of
Technology. He is also named as an inventor in 5 patents.
Available Information
Harmonic makes available free of charge on the Harmonic website
the Companys annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as
reasonably practicable after Harmonic files such material with,
or furnishes it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The
address of the Harmonic website is
http://www.harmonicinc.com.
All of our facilities are leased, including our principal
operations and corporate headquarters in Sunnyvale, California.
We also have research and development centers in Colorado and
New York, several sales offices in the U.S., sales and support
centers in the United Kingdom, France, and China, and a research
and development center in Israel. Our leases, which expire at
various dates through September 2010, are for approximately
400,000 square feet of space. In the U.S., of the
366,000 square feet under lease, approximately
137,000 square feet is in excess of our requirements and we
no longer occupy, do not intend to occupy, and have subleased,
or plan to sublease. The estimated loss on subleases has been
included in the excess facilities charges recorded in 2001 and
2002.
|
|
Item 3. |
Legal Proceedings |
Shareholder Litigation
Between June 28 and August 25, 2000, several actions
alleging violations of the federal securities laws by Harmonic
and certain of its officers and directors (some of whom are no
longer with Harmonic) were filed in or removed to the
U.S. District Court for the Northern District of
California. The actions subsequently were consolidated.
A consolidated complaint, filed on December 7, 2000, was
brought on behalf of a purported class of persons who purchased
Harmonics publicly traded securities between January 19
and June 26, 2000. The complaint also alleged claims on
behalf of a purported subclass of persons who purchased C-Cube
securities between January 19 and May 3, 2000. In addition
to Harmonic and certain of its officers and directors, the
complaint also named C-Cube Microsystems Inc. and several of its
officers and directors as defendants. The complaint alleged
that, by making false or misleading statements regarding
Harmonics prospects and customers and its acquisition of
C-Cube, certain defendants violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The complaint also alleged
that certain defendants violated section 14(a) of the
Exchange Act and sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the
Securities Act of 1933 by filing a false or misleading
registration statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in
connection with the C-Cube acquisition.
12
On July 3, 2001, the Court dismissed the consolidated
complaint with leave to amend. An amended complaint alleging the
same claims against the same defendants was filed on
August 13, 2001. Defendants moved to dismiss the amended
complaint on September 24, 2001. On November 13, 2002,
the Court issued an opinion granting the motions to dismiss the
amended complaint without leave to amend. Judgment for
defendants was entered on December 2, 2002. On
December 12, 2002, plaintiffs filed a motion to amend the
judgment and for leave to file an amended complaint pursuant to
Rules 59(e) and 15(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure. On June 6, 2003, the Court denied
plaintiffs motion to amend the judgment and for leave to
file an amended complaint. Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal
on July 1, 2003. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Ninth Circuit heard oral arguments on February 17, 2005,
but has not ruled on the appeal yet.
A derivative action purporting to be on behalf of Harmonic was
filed against its then-current directors in the Superior Court
for the County of Santa Clara on September 5, 2000.
Harmonic also was named as a nominal defendant. The complaint is
based on allegations similar to those found in the securities
class action and claims that the defendants breached their
fiduciary duties by, among other things, causing Harmonic to
violate federal securities laws. The derivative action was
removed to the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California on September 20, 2000. All deadlines
in this action were stayed pending resolution of the motions to
dismiss the securities class action. On July 29, 2003, the
Court approved the parties stipulation to dismiss this
derivative action without prejudice and to toll the applicable
limitations period. The limitations period is tolled until
fourteen days after (1) defendants provide plaintiff with a
copy of the mandate issued by the Ninth Circuit in the
securities action or (2) either party provides written
notice of termination of the tolling period, whichever is first.
A second derivative action purporting to be on behalf of
Harmonic was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara on May 15, 2003. It alleges facts similar
to those previously alleged in the securities class action and
the federal derivative action. The complaint names as defendants
former and current Harmonic officers and directors, along with
former officers and directors of C-Cube Microsystems, Inc., who
were named in the securities class action. The complaint also
names Harmonic as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges
claims for abuse of control, gross mismanagement, and waste of
corporate assets against the Harmonic defendants, and claims for
breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and negligent
misrepresentation against all defendants. On July 22, 2003,
the Court approved the parties stipulation to stay the
case pending resolution of the appeal in the securities class
action. Although the parties initially agreed in principle to a
dismissal without prejudice on similar terms as in the federal
derivative action, after further discussion, the parties decided
that the stay currently in place suffices to protect their
respective interests.
Based on its review of the complaints filed in the securities
class actions, Harmonic believes that it has meritorious
defenses and intends to defend itself vigorously. There can be
no assurance, however, that Harmonic will prevail. No estimate
can be made of the possible range of loss associated with the
resolution of this contingency and accordingly, Harmonic has not
recorded a liability. An unfavorable outcome of this litigation
could have a material adverse effect on Harmonics
business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.
Other Litigation
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4,859,016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, royalties
and damages. Harmonic has not been served in the case. Harmonic
is currently evaluating its position with respect to this patent
and has engaged in discussions with the plaintiff regarding
potential settlement of the matter. At this time, we are unable
to determine whether we will be able to settle this litigation
on reasonable terms or at all, nor can we predict the impact of
an adverse outcome of this litigation if we elect to defend
against it. No estimate can be made of the possible range of
loss associated with the resolution of this contingency and
accordingly, we have not recorded a liability associated with
the outcome of a negotiated settlement or an unfavorable verdict
in litigation. An unfavorable outcome of this matter could have
a material adverse effect on Harmonics business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
13
Harmonic is involved in other litigation and may be subject to
claims arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management the amount of ultimate liability with respect to
these matters in the aggregate will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company or its operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
|
|
Item 4. |
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders |
No matters were submitted to a vote of stockholders during the
fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2004.
PART II
|
|
Item 5. |
Market for the Registrants Common Equity, Related
Stock Holder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities |
Market information: Harmonics Common Stock has
been quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol HLIT
since Harmonics initial public offering on May 22,
1995. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
the high and low sales price per share of the Common Stock as
reported on the Nasdaq National Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High |
|
Low |
|
|
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$ |
4.66 |
|
|
$ |
2.30 |
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
5.43 |
|
|
|
3.27 |
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
6.85 |
|
|
|
3.18 |
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
9.35 |
|
|
|
5.44 |
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$ |
13.75 |
|
|
$ |
7.35 |
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
10.55 |
|
|
|
5.28 |
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
7.46 |
|
|
|
4.86 |
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
9.11 |
|
|
|
6.84 |
|
Holders of record: At March 1, 2005 there were
498 stockholders of record of Harmonics Common Stock.
Dividends: Harmonic has never declared or paid any
dividends on its capital stock. Harmonic currently expects to
retain future earnings, if any, for the use in the operation and
expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Harmonics line
of credit includes covenants prohibiting the payment of
dividends.
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation
plans: The disclosure required by Item 201(d) of
Regulation S-K is set forth in the 2005 Proxy Statement
under the caption Equity Plan Information and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Sales of unregistered securities: During the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2004, Harmonic did not sell any
securities in transactions that were not registered under the
Securities Act of 1933. On February 25, 2005, Harmonic
purchased all of the issued and outstanding shares of Broadcast
Technology Ltd. (BTL), a private U.K. company, for a purchase
consideration of approximately £3.0 million in cash
and 169,112 shares of Harmonics common stock.
Harmonic purchased all of the shares of BTL directly from, and
paid the consideration thereof directly to, the shareholders of
BTL. In connection with such sale of our common stock, Harmonic
relied upon the exemption from registration under the Securities
Act provided by Regulation S. Harmonic based its reliance
upon Regulation S on the fact that the offer and sale of
Harmonics common stock was made in the U.K., there were no
directed selling efforts made by Harmonic in the U.S. with
respect to such securities, and Harmonic required the purchasers
of its common stock to agree to such restrictions on resale and
other matters as required by Regulation S.
Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated
purchasers: During the three months ended
December 31, 2004, Harmonic did not, nor did any of its
affiliated entities, repurchase any of Harmonics equity
securities.
14
|
|
Item 6. |
Selected Financial Data |
The data set forth below are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
2001 |
|
2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) |
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
248,306 |
|
|
$ |
182,276 |
|
|
$ |
186,632 |
|
|
$ |
203,810 |
|
|
$ |
263,046 |
|
Gross profit(1)
|
|
|
104,495 |
|
|
|
60,603 |
|
|
|
54,429 |
|
|
|
1,555 |
|
|
|
75,171 |
|
Income (loss) from operations(1)(2)
|
|
|
1,436 |
|
|
|
(30,545) |
|
|
|
(77,349) |
|
|
|
(168,787) |
|
|
|
(1,683,035) |
|
Net income (loss)(1)
|
|
|
1,574 |
|
|
|
(29,433) |
|
|
|
(76,918) |
|
|
|
(166,407) |
|
|
|
(1,654,008) |
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
(0.47) |
|
|
|
(1.29) |
|
|
|
(2.84) |
|
|
|
(34.06) |
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
(0.47) |
|
|
|
(1.29) |
|
|
|
(2.84) |
|
|
|
(34.06) |
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments
|
|
$ |
100,607 |
|
|
$ |
112,597 |
|
|
$ |
49,158 |
|
|
$ |
54,277 |
|
|
$ |
99,669 |
|
Working capital
|
|
|
117,112 |
|
|
|
95,389 |
|
|
|
31,246 |
|
|
|
66,608 |
|
|
|
194,618 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
242,356 |
|
|
|
224,726 |
|
|
|
173,754 |
|
|
|
238,056 |
|
|
|
425,944 |
|
Long term debt, including current
portion
|
|
|
2,339 |
|
|
|
1,656 |
|
|
|
2,572 |
|
|
|
2,746 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
110,557 |
|
|
|
106,161 |
|
|
|
62,183 |
|
|
|
135,054 |
|
|
|
295,702 |
|
|
|
(1) |
The 2004 gross profit, income from operations and net income
included credits of $4.0 million for products sold during
the year that had been written down in prior years. |
The 2003 gross profit, loss from operations and net loss
included credits of $4.7 million for products sold during
the year that had been written down in prior years. Operating
expenses included credits of $2.2 million from the sale of
our bankruptcy claims in Adelphia Communications resulting in
the reversal of previously recorded bad debt provisions, and a
litigation settlement charge of $2.7 million related to
Power and Telephone Supply.
The 2002 gross profit, loss from operations and net loss
included special charges to cost of sales totaling
$0.8 million for severance and other costs, and credits of
$6.9 million for products sold during the year that had
been written down in prior years. Special charges to operating
expenses totaled $22.5 million for excess facilities costs,
a bad debt provision of $2.7 million for probable losses on
receivables from Adelphia Communications, and severance and
other costs of $0.9 million.
The 2001 gross profit, loss from operations and net loss
included special charges to cost of sales totaling
$40.0 million for inventory and fixed asset write-downs and
$0.9 million for severance and other costs. Special charges
to operating expenses include $30.1 million for excess
facilities costs, $2.4 million for fixed asset provisions
and $1.6 million for severance and other costs and special
charges of $0.6 million to other income and expense.
The 2000 loss from operations and net loss included special
charges to operating expenses of approximately
$1.42 billion, consisting of $1.38 billion for
impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets and
$39.8 million for acquired in-process technology. Special
charges to cost of sales totaled $10.0 million for excess
and obsolete inventories.
|
|
(2) |
Income (loss) from operations for 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001 and
2000 included amortization of intangible assets of
$13.9 million, $13.9 million, $18.7 million,
$20.7 million and $234.2 million, respectively. On
January 1, 2002, |
15
|
|
|
Harmonic ceased amortization of goodwill on adoption of
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets. |
See Notes 3 and 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
|
|
Item 7. |
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations |
Overview
Harmonic designs, manufactures and sells digital video systems
and fiber optic systems that enable network operators to provide
a range of interactive and advanced digital services that
include digital video, VOD, HDTV, high-speed Internet access and
telephony. Our digital video systems enable our customers to
process video for distribution over cable, satellite, telephone
and wireless networks. We also provide fiber optic transmission
systems to cable television operators and to certain telephone
companies that offer video services to their customers.
In order to further expand our digital systems capability,
Harmonic acquired C-Cube Microsystems Inc.s Divicom
business in May 2000, which provided encoding products and
systems for digital television. Since the merger, Harmonic has
been organized into two operating divisions, Broadband Access
Networks, or BAN, for fiber optic systems and Convergent
Systems, or CS, for digital headend systems.
Harmonics net sales increased 36% in 2004, and decreased
2% in 2003 and 8% in 2002. Although industry capital spending
has been generally weak as compared to the pre-merger levels
achieved by Harmonic and Divicom in 1999 and early 2000, we
believe that the sequential quarterly sales increases in 2003
and the increase in 2004 compared to 2003 reflected an improved
industry capital spending environment worldwide which favorably
impacted Harmonic. We believe that this improvement in the
industry capital spending environment is, in part, a result of
the intensifying competition between cable and satellite
operators to offer more channels of digital video and new
services, such as VOD and HDTV, and in part, the result of the
entry of telephone companies into the business of delivering
video services to their subscribers. We also believe that the
improvement is due to more favorable conditions in industry
capital markets and the completion or resolution of certain
major business combinations, financial restructurings and
regulatory issues.
Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly due
to revenue recognition policies and the timing of the receipt of
orders. Revenue from two significant customer orders in the
third quarter of 2004 was delayed due to these factors until the
fourth quarter of 2004. As a result, we expect revenue in the
first quarter of 2005 will be sequentially lower than the
revenue in the fourth quarter of 2004.
Historically, a majority of our net sales have been to
relatively few customers, and due in part to the consolidation
of ownership of cable television and direct broadcast satellite
systems, we expect this customer concentration to continue for
the foreseeable future. In 2004, sales to Comcast accounted for
17% of net sales. In 2003, sales to Comcast accounted for 32% of
net sales. In 2002, sales to Charter Communications and Comcast
accounted for 18% and 10% of net sales, respectively. If
Comcast, which acquired AT&T Broadband in November 2002, and
AT&T Broadband had been combined for all of 2002, total
sales to the combined entity would have been 17% of net sales.
In 2004, 2003, and 2002, sales of BAN products accounted for
approximately 31%, 38%, and 41% of net sales, respectively,
while CS products accounted for approximately 69%, 62%, and 59%
of net sales, respectively.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2004, 2003, and
2002 represented 42%, 29%, and 29% of net sales, respectively. A
significant portion of international sales are made to
distributors and system integrators, which are generally
responsible for importing the products and providing
installation and technical support and service to customers
within their territory. Sales denominated in foreign currencies
were approximately 4% of net sales in 2004 and 2003. We expect
international sales to continue to account for a significant
portion of our net sales for the foreseeable future.
In 2004, annual growth in net sales of 36%, improved gross
margins, and operating expense growth of 13% enabled Harmonic to
return to profitability. We reported net income of
$1.6 million in 2004, compared to net losses of
$29.4 million and $76.9 million in 2003 and 2002,
respectively. Our operating results in 2004 included credits of
$4.0 million for products sold during the year which had
been written down in prior years.
16
Our operating results for 2003 included a charge to general and
administrative expense of approximately $2.7 million
related to the settlement of litigation with Power and Telephone
Supply (P&T) in release of all outstanding claims. These
claims arose from the cancellation of purchase orders on P&T
by one of its end-customers in 2000. Our operating results for
2003 also included credits to operating expenses totaling
approximately $2.2 million from the sale of our bankruptcy
claims against Adelphia Communications resulting in the reversal
of previously recorded bad debt provisions, and credits of
$4.7 million for products sold during the year which had
been written down in prior years.
In 2002, certain of our domestic and international customers
that had accumulated significant levels of debt announced
reorganizations and financial restructurings, including
bankruptcy filings. In particular, Adelphia Communications
declared bankruptcy in June 2002, and as a result, we recorded
only nominal revenue from Adelphia between the first quarter of
2002 and the second quarter of 2003 and established a
$2.9 million provision in the second quarter of 2002 for
probable losses on receivables and deferred costs of sales
determined to no longer be recoverable. Adelphia has accounted
for less than 5% of net sales in each of 2002, 2003 and 2004. We
believe that capital market concerns about the cable industry
and the associated pressures on capital spending contributed to
the 31% decrease in sales during the second half of 2002
compared to the first half of 2002. In addition, spending by our
domestic satellite customers and European customers was weak in
2002, particularly in the second half of 2002. We believe that
this was principally because of pending business consolidations,
financial restructurings and regulatory issues. For example, we
believe that the regulatory review of the proposed acquisition
of DIRECTV by Echostar depressed spending in 2002, particularly
in the second half of 2002. Although this proposed combination
was not completed, The News Corporation Ltd., subsequently
acquired an indirect controlling interest in Hughes Electronics,
the parent of DIRECTV, in December 2003.
As a result of uncertain market conditions and lower sales
during the second half of 2002, we implemented a series of cost
control measures that included workforce reductions totaling
approximately 120 employees during the second half of 2002.
Harmonic recorded severance charges of $1.5 million during
the second half of 2002 related to the work force reductions.
This followed a workforce reduction of approximately 30% during
2001 for which we recorded severance and other costs of
$2.5 million at the time. These actions reduced headcount
from over 1,000 at the end of 2000 to 587 at the end of 2002. We
further reduced headcount to 557 in 2003, mainly by attrition,
but the improved business environment in 2004 led us to increase
headcount to 590 at the end of 2004. If business conditions
remain favorable, we expect to continue to add to our headcount
during 2005.
In light of our reduced headcount, difficult business
conditions, and a weak local commercial real estate market, we
reassessed our accrual for the costs of excess facilities and
recorded a charge of $22.5 million during the third quarter
of 2002. We changed our estimates with regard to the expected
timing and amount of sublease income due to the substantial and
growing surplus of vacant space in the San Francisco Bay
Area. The excess facilities charge recorded during the third
quarter of 2002 was for facilities that we no longer occupy, do
not intend to occupy, and have subleased, or plan to sublease,
and followed charges of $30.1 million recorded for excess
facilities in 2001 when the initial accruals were established.
A review performed in the third quarter of 2003 resulted in the
excess facilities liability being decreased by $3.3 million
due to a revision in the assumptions as to the unoccupied
portion of a building. We removed approximately
12,000 square feet of space from the excess facilities
portfolio in order to eliminate a third-party offsite storage
arrangement. Based on the remaining lease term of
84 months, this removal resulted in a reduction of
$3.3 million in the required excess facilities reserve.
This revision was offset by a correction of straight-line rent
expense of $2.3 million as a result of a lease extension on
another building. This lease extension was a condition of
leasing three additional buildings at corporate headquarters and
resulted in all leases terminating in September 2010. The
deferred rent liability was not adjusted for the change in the
lease term resulting in an understatement of rent expense and
the deferred rent liability at December 31, 2001, 2002 and
2003. Because the effect of the correction on any quarter or
year was not material to these results of operations and
financial position, the non-cash adjustment was recorded in
2003. Although we have entered into new subleases for
approximately 60,000 square feet of space in 2004, in the
event we are unable to achieve expected levels of sublease
rental income, we will need to revise our estimate of the
liability, which could materially impact our financial position,
liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.
17
Harmonic often recognizes a significant portion, or the
majority, of its revenues in the last month of the quarter.
Harmonic establishes its expenditure levels for product
development and other operating expenses based on projected
sales levels, and expenses are relatively fixed in the short
term. Accordingly, variations in timing of sales can cause
significant fluctuations in operating results. In addition,
because a significant portion of Harmonics business is
derived from orders placed by a limited number of large
customers, the timing of such orders can also cause significant
fluctuations in our operating results. Harmonics expenses
for any given quarter are typically based on expected sales and
if sales are below expectations, our operating results may be
adversely impacted by our inability to adjust spending to
compensate for the shortfall.
In the fourth quarter of 2003, Harmonic sold and issued
10,350,000 shares of common stock in a public offering at a
price of $7.40 per share. The net proceeds to Harmonic were
approximately $71.4 million, which was net of
underwriters discounts and commissions of approximately
$4.2 million and related legal, accounting, printing and
other expenses totaling approximately $0.9 million. The net
proceeds from the offering are being used for general corporate
purposes, including payment of existing liabilities, research
and development, the development or acquisition of new products
or technologies, equipment acquisitions, strategic acquisitions
of businesses, general working capital and operating expenses.
The offering was made pursuant to our Registration Statement on
Form S-3 (File No. 333-84430) filed with the SEC on
March 18, 2002, as amended on April 16, 2002 and as
declared effective on April 18, 2002, and the related
prospectus supplement filed with the SEC on October 29,
2003. The Form S-3 registration statement used in this
public offering remains effective and Harmonic continues to have
the ability to issue various types of securities, up to an
aggregate of $73 million.
On February 25, 2005, Harmonic purchased all of the issued
and outstanding shares of Broadcast Technology Ltd., a private
U.K. company, for a purchase consideration of
£4.0 million, or approximately $7.6 million. The
purchase consideration consists of a payment of
£3.0 million in cash and the issuance of
169,112 shares of Harmonic common stock. Broadcast
Technology Ltd. develops, manufactures and distributes
professional video/ audio receivers and decoders and has
approximately 40 employees.
Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures
requires Harmonic to make judgments, assumptions and estimates
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingencies and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Material differences may result in the amount and timing of
revenue and expenses if different judgments or different
estimates were made. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for details of Harmonics accounting
policies. Critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates
which we believe have the most significant impact on
Harmonics financial statements are set forth below:
|
|
|
Revenue recognition; |
|
|
Allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts; |
|
|
Valuation of inventories; |
|
|
Impairment of long-lived assets; |
|
|
Restructuring costs and accruals for excess facilities; |
|
|
Assessment of the probability of the outcome of current
litigation; and |
|
|
Accounting for income taxes. |
Revenue Recognition
Harmonics principal sources of revenue are from sales of
hardware products, software products, solution sales, services
and hardware and software maintenance agreements. Harmonic
recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
exists, delivery has occurred or services have been provided,
the sale price is fixed or determinable, collection is
reasonably assured, and risk of loss and title have transferred
to the customer.
18
We generally use contracts and customer purchase orders to
determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents
and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify
delivery. We assess whether the sales price is fixed or
determinable based on the payment terms associated with the
transaction and whether the price is subject to refund or
adjustment. We assess collectibility based primarily on the
creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks
and analysis, as well as the customers payment history.
We evaluate our products to assess whether software is
more-than-incidental to a product. When we conclude that
software is more-than-incidental to a product, we account for
the product as a software product. Significant judgment may be
required in determining whether a product is a software or
hardware product.
Revenue from hardware product sales is recognized in accordance
with the provisions of Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition.
Subject to other revenue recognition provisions, revenue on
product sales is recognized when risk of loss and title has
transferred, which is generally upon shipment or delivery, based
on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue on shipments to
distributors, resellers and systems integrators is generally
recognized on delivery or sell-in. Allowances are provided for
estimated returns and discounts. Such allowances are adjusted
periodically to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Distributors and systems integrators purchase our products for
specific capital equipment projects of the end-user and do not
hold inventory. They perform functions that include importation,
delivery to the end-customer, installation or integration, and
post-sales service and support. Our agreements with these
distributors and systems integrators have terms which are
generally consistent with the standard terms and conditions for
the sale of our equipment to end users and do not provide for
product rotation or pricing allowances, as are typically found
in agreements with stocking distributors. We have long-term
relationships with most of these distributors and systems
integrators and substantial experience with similar sales of
similar products. We have had extensive experience monitoring
product returns from our international distributors and
accordingly, we have concluded that the amount of future returns
can be reasonably estimated. With respect to these sales, we
evaluate the terms of sale and recognize revenue when persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or
services have been provided, the sales price is fixed or
determinable, collectibility is reasonably assured, and risk of
loss and title have transferred.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF) No. 00-21, Accounting for Revenue
Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables. If the
undelivered elements qualify as separate units of accounting
based on the criteria in EITF 00-21, which include that the
delivered elements have value to the customer on a stand-alone
basis and that objective and reliable evidence of fair value
exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic allocates the
arrangement fee based on the relative fair value of the elements
of the arrangement. If a delivered element does not meet the
criteria in EITF 00-21 to be considered a separate unit of
accounting, revenue is deferred until the undelivered elements
are fulfilled. Accordingly, the determination as to whether
appropriate objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists
can impact the timing of revenue recognition for an arrangement.
Revenue on solution sales, which principally consist of and
include the design, manufacture, test, integration and
installation of equipment to the specifications of
Harmonics customers, including equipment acquired from
third parties to be integrated with Harmonics products, is
generally recognized using the percentage of completion method
in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 81-1
Accounting for Performance of Construction/ Production
Contracts. Under the percentage of completion method,
revenue recognized reflects the portion of the anticipated
contract revenue that has been earned, equal to the ratio of
labor costs expended to date to anticipated final labor costs,
based on current estimates of labor costs to complete the
project. If the estimated costs to complete a project exceed the
total contract amount, indicating a loss, the entire anticipated
loss is recognized. Deferred revenue includes billings in excess
of revenue recognized, net of deferred costs of sales. Our
application of percentage-of-completion accounting is subject to
our estimates of labor costs to complete each project. In the
event that actual results differ from these estimates or we
adjust these estimates in future periods, our operating results,
financial position or cash flows for a particular period could
be adversely affected.
Revenue from hardware and software maintenance agreements is
recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.
First year maintenance typically is included in the original
arrangement and renewed on an annual basis thereafter. Services
revenue is recognized on performance of the services and costs
associated with services are
19
recognized as incurred. Fair value of services such as
consulting and training is based upon separate sales of these
services.
Significant management judgments and estimates must be made in
connection with determination of the revenue to be recognized in
any accounting period. Because of the concentrated nature of our
customer base, different judgments or estimates made for any one
large contract or customer could result in material differences
in the amount and timing of revenue recognized in any particular
period.
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts, Returns and Discounts
We establish allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and
discounts based on credit profiles of our customers, current
economic trends, contractual terms and conditions and historical
payment, return and discount experience, as well as for known or
expected events. If there were to be a deterioration of a major
customers creditworthiness or if actual defaults, returns
or discounts were higher than our historical experience, our
operating results, financial position and cash flows could be
adversely affected. At December 31, 2004, our allowances
for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts totaled
$5.1 million.
Valuation of Inventories
Harmonic states inventories at the lower of cost or market. We
provide inventory allowances based on excess and obsolete
inventories determined primarily by future demand forecasts. If
there were to be a sudden and significant decrease in demand for
our products, or if there were a higher incidence of inventory
obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer
requirements, we could be required to increase our inventory
allowances and our gross margin could be adversely affected.
Inventory management is of critical importance in order to
balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels to
ensure competitive lead times against the risk of inventory
obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer
requirements.
Impairment of Goodwill or Long-lived Assets
We perform an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill on an
annual basis and of intangibles and other long-lived assets
whenever we become aware of an event or change in circumstances
that would indicate potential impairment. We evaluate the
recoverability of other intangible assets and long-lived assets
on the basis of undiscounted cash flows from each asset group.
If impairment is indicated, provisions for impairment are
determined based on fair value, principally using discounted
cash flows. Changes in industry and market conditions or the
strategic realignment of our resources could result in an
impairment of identified intangibles, goodwill or long-lived
assets. There can be no assurance that future impairment tests
will not result in a charge to earnings. At December 31,
2004, our carrying values for goodwill and intangible assets
totaled $1.8 million and $4.6 million, respectively.
Restructuring Costs and Accruals for Excess Facilities
For restructuring activities initiated prior to
December 31, 2002 we recorded restructuring costs when
Harmonic committed to an exit plan and significant changes to
the exit plan were not likely. To determine our excess facility
accruals we estimate expected sublease rental income on each
excess facility. In the event we are unable to achieve expected
levels of sublease rental income, we will need to revise our
estimate of the liability which could materially impact our
operating results, financial position or cash flows. At
December 31, 2004, our accurals for excess facilities
totaled $29.4 million.
Assessment of the Probability of the Outcome of Current
Litigation
Harmonic records accruals for loss contingencies when it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on Harmonics
review of the complaints filed in the securities class action
and other pending litigation, Harmonic believes that it either
has meritorious defenses with respect to those actions and
claims or is unable to predict the impact of an adverse action
and, accordingly, no loss contingencies have been accrued. There
can be no assurance, however, that we will prevail. An
unfavorable outcome
20
of these legal proceedings could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial position, operating results or cash
flows.
Accounting for Income Taxes
In preparation of our financial statements, we estimate our
income taxes for each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.
This involves estimating our actual current tax exposures and
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items, such as reserves and accruals, for tax and
accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax
assets and liabilities, which are included within our
consolidated balance sheet. Based on our judgment that the
likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from
future taxable income is not assured, we established a valuation
allowance of $104.9 million in 2002 which was increased to
$123.6 million in 2003 and decreased to $122.9 million
in 2004. At December 31, 2004 we have fully reserved for
our net deferred tax assets related to temporary differences and
net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our
provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and our future taxable income for purposes of
assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our
deferred tax assets. In the event that actual results differ
from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future
periods, our operating results and financial position could be
materially affected.
Results of Operations
Harmonics historical consolidated statements of operations
data for each of the three years ended December 31, 2004,
2003, and 2002 as a percentage of net sales, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
|
|
100% |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(17) |
|
|
|
(41) |
|
Interest and other income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(16) |
|
|
|
(41) |
|
Provision for (benefit from) income
taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
1% |
|
|
|
(16%) |
|
|
|
(41%) |
|
|
|
|
Net Sales
Harmonics consolidated, segment and international net
sales as compared with the prior year, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, are
presented in the tables below. Also presented is the related
21
dollar and percentage increase (decrease) in consolidated,
segment, and international net sales as compared with the prior
year, for each of the two years ended December 31, 2004 and
2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
Segmental Sales Data: |
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Convergent Systems
|
|
$ |
171,410 |
|
|
$ |
113,207 |
|
|
$ |
109,718 |
|
Broadband Access Networks
|
|
|
76,896 |
|
|
|
69,069 |
|
|
|
76,914 |
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
248,306 |
|
|
$ |
182,276 |
|
|
$ |
186,632 |
|
|
Convergent Systems Increase
|
|
$ |
58,203 |
|
|
$ |
3,489 |
|
|
|
|
|
Broadband Access Networks Increase
(decrease)
|
|
|
7,827 |
|
|
|
(7,845) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
66,030 |
|
|
$ |
(4,356) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convergent Systems Percent change
|
|
|
51.4% |
|
|
|
3.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
Broadband Access Networks Percent
change
|
|
|
11.3% |
|
|
|
(10.2%) |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Percent change
|
|
|
36.2% |
|
|
|
(2.3%) |
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales increased in the CS division in 2004 compared to 2003,
primarily due to stronger spending by international customers
and to a lesser degree due to continued spending by domestic
customers for the rollout of new services. The CS division sold
significantly more encoders in 2004 compared to 2003, offset by
a reduction in sales of its Narrowcast Service Gateway
(NSG) product for VOD due to the substantial completion of
initial deployments by certain domestic cable customers. The
increased sales of encoders in 2004 was due in part to the major
upgrade by a Japanese customer of their satellite facilities
during 2004, and in part to sales of headend equipment to two
major international telephone companies for video deployments.
Net sales increased in the BAN division in 2004 compared to 2003
as a result of stronger overall spending by U.S. cable
operators resulting in increased sales of transmitters and nodes
related to continuing network improvements such as node
segmentation, and to a lesser degree by an improvement in
spending by international cable operators.
Net sales increased in the CS division in 2003 compared to 2002,
principally due to stronger spending by domestic cable operators
in the second half of 2003 primarily for the roll-out of new
services, such as VOD. The decrease in the BAN division net
sales in 2003 compared to 2002 was due to reduced capital
spending by select cable operators, in particular Charter
Communications and Adelphia Communications, during the first
half of 2003. We believe this reduced spending was caused by a
tightening of the financial markets, and capital markets
concerns about the cable industry in the aftermath of the
Adelphia bankruptcy filing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
Geographic Sales Data: |
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$ |
143,818 |
|
|
$ |
130,226 |
|
|
$ |
133,222 |
|
International
|
|
|
104,488 |
|
|
|
52,050 |
|
|
|
53,410 |
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
248,306 |
|
|
$ |
182,276 |
|
|
$ |
186,632 |
|
|
U.S. Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
13,592 |
|
|
$ |
(2,996) |
|
|
|
|
|
International Increase (decrease)
|
|
|
52,438 |
|
|
|
(1,360) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
66,030 |
|
|
$ |
(4,356) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Percent change
|
|
|
10.4% |
|
|
|
(2.2%) |
|
|
|
|
|
International Percent change
|
|
|
100.7% |
|
|
|
(2.5%) |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Percent change
|
|
|
36.2% |
|
|
|
(2.3%) |
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in the U.S. increased in 2004 compared to 2003
primarily due to stronger overall spending during 2004 by
domestic customers from the roll-out of new services, such as
VOD and HD television programming, as well as from increased
sales of transmitters and nodes for major network upgrades
related to continuing network improvements, such as node
segmentation. The increased international sales in 2004 was due
in part to the impact from a major
22
upgrade by a Japanese customer of its satellite facilities, and
in part to sales of headend equipment to two major international
telephone companies for video deployments. The increased
international sales in 2004 as compared to 2003 was also due to
increased international capital spending primarily in Europe,
Canada, Latin America, Asia and the Caribbean.
Net sales in the U.S. decreased in 2003 compared to 2002
primarily due to lower BAN division sales, partially offset by
higher CS division sales. The BAN division sales decrease in
2003 was due to reduced capital spending by select cable
operators, in particular Charter Communications and Adelphia
Communications, during the first half of 2003. The higher CS
division sales in 2003 was due to stronger spending by domestic
cable operators primarily for the roll-out of new services, such
as VOD. The international sales decrease in 2003 compared to
2002 reflected the continued depressed market conditions, which
impacted both divisions.
Gross Profit
Harmonics gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of
consolidated net sales, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
increase in gross profit as compared with the prior year, for
each of the two years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$ |
104,495 |
|
|
$ |
60,603 |
|
|
$ |
54,429 |
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
42.1% |
|
|
|
33.2% |
|
|
|
29.2% |
|
|
Increase
|
|
$ |
43,892 |
|
|
$ |
6,174 |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
72.4% |
|
|
|
11.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in gross profit in 2004 compared to 2003 was
primarily due to higher sales, lower third party manufacturing
costs, improvements in factory efficiencies, and a higher
proportion of CS division sales, which historically carry a more
favorable product margin. These factors, which contributed to
higher gross margins in 2004 compared to 2003, were partially
offset by a reduction in the benefit related to the sale of
products for which the cost basis had been written down in prior
years. This benefit was $4.0 million in 2004, as compared
to a benefit of $4.7 million in 2003. We do not expect any
substantial benefit in future periods from the sale of products
for which the cost basis was written down in prior periods.
There was no change in the amortization of intangibles of
$6.2 million in 2004 compared to 2003, however,
amortization of intangibles in 2005 is expected to decrease by
approximately $4.1 million.
The increase in gross profit in 2003 compared to 2002 was
primarily attributable to a change in the product mix and
improvements in factory efficiencies. Also contributing to the
higher gross profit in 2003 were cost control measures,
including the full year effect of reductions in headcount in the
factory and technical service and support organizations,
associated with work force reductions during the second half of
2002. These factors, which contributed to higher gross margins
in 2003 compared to 2002, were partially offset by lower average
selling prices and a reduced benefit of $4.7 million in
2003 compared to $6.9 million in 2002, related to products
sold for which the costs basis had been written down in prior
years.
Research and Development
Harmonics research and development expense and the expense
as a percentage of consolidated net sales for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the
23
related dollar and percentage increase (decrease) in research
and development as compared with the prior year, for each of the
two years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$ |
35,585 |
|
|
$ |
35,107 |
|
|
$ |
40,829 |
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
14.3% |
|
|
|
19.3% |
|
|
|
21.9% |
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
478 |
|
|
$ |
(5,722) |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
1.4% |
|
|
|
(14.0%) |
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in research and development expense in 2004
compared to 2003 was as a result of higher compensation expenses
of $2.6 million, resulting from increased headcount and
higher compensation costs, and increased outside services for
the development and qualification of FTTP products. Partially
offsetting these increases was lower depreciation of
$0.9 million, lower prototype material costs of
$0.7 million and lower facilities and allocation expenses
of $1.2 million.
The decrease in research and development expenses in 2003
compared to 2002 was primarily due to the full year effect of
the reduction in headcount associated with the workforce
reductions in 2002 and ongoing cost control measures. The major
expenditures affected were payroll costs and depreciation,
although most expenses within research and development have been
reduced in the last two years.
Selling, General and Administrative
Harmonics selling, general and administrative expense and
the expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
are presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage increase (decrease) in selling, general
and administrative as compared with the prior year, for each of
the two years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
$ |
59,742 |
|
|
$ |
48,309 |
|
|
$ |
81,427 |
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
24.1% |
|
|
|
26.5% |
|
|
|
43.6% |
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
11,433 |
|
|
$ |
(33,118) |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
23.7% |
|
|
|
(40.7%) |
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in
2004 compared to 2003 was primarily due to increases in
compensation and incentive related expenses of
$6.7 million, increased selling expenses of $0.8 million,
increases in corporate governance costs of $2.0 million and
increased facilities and allocation expenses of
$2.0 million, partially offset by lower depreciation
expense of $0.9 million and lower legal expenses due to a
charge of $2.7 million in 2003 related to the settlement of
litigation. In addition, in 2003, credits to bad debt expenses
totaling $4.3 million were recorded, including
$2.2 million due to the sale of Adelphia bankruptcy claims.
The decrease in selling, general and administrative expense in
2003 compared to 2002 was due to lower bad debt expenses caused
by the sale of our bankruptcy claims in Adelphia Communications
resulting in the reversal of previously recorded bad debt
provisions of approximately $2.2 million and the full year
effect of work force reductions in 2002. In addition, selling,
general and administrative expense in 2002 included excess
facilities charges of $22.5 million.
24
Amortization of Intangibles
Harmonics amortization of intangibles expense charged to
operating expenses, and the expense as a percentage of
consolidated net sales, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
increase (decrease) in amortization of intangibles as compared
with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$ |
7,732 |
|
|
$ |
7,732 |
|
|
$ |
9,522 |
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
3.1% |
|
|
|
4.2% |
|
|
|
5.1% |
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(1,790) |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18.8%) |
|
|
|
|
|
There was no change in amortization of intangibles charged to
operating expenses in 2004 compared to 2003. Harmonic expects to
record a total of approximately $2.6 million in
amortization of existing intangibles in operating expenses in
2005.
The decrease in 2003 compared to 2002 was due principally to the
intangibles arising from the Cogent acquisition becoming fully
amortized.
Interest Income, Net
Harmonics interest income, net, and interest income, net
as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage increase (decrease) in interest income, net as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$ |
1,554 |
|
|
$ |
460 |
|
|
$ |
1,096 |
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
0.6% |
|
|
|
0.3% |
|
|
|
0.6% |
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
1,094 |
|
|
$ |
(636) |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
237.8% |
|
|
|
(58.0%) |
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in 2004 compared to 2003 was due primarily to
larger cash and short-term investment balances during the
respective periods of 2004 as compared to 2003 principally due
to the investment of net proceeds of $71.4 million from the
public offering of common stock in the fourth quarter of 2003.
The decrease in 2003 compared to 2002 was due primarily to lower
cash and short-term investment balances and lower interest rates
during the respective periods of 2003 as compared to 2002.
Other Income (Expense), Net
Harmonics other income (expense), net, as a percentage of
consolidated net sales, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
25
percentage increase (decrease) in interest and other income
(expense), net as compared with the prior year, for each of the
two years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
$ |
(827) |
|
|
$ |
952 |
|
|
$ |
(165) |
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
(0.3%) |
|
|
|
0.5% |
|
|
|
(0.1%) |
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
(1,779) |
|
|
$ |
1,117 |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(186.9%) |
|
|
|
677.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
The decrease in 2004 compared to 2003 was primarily due to the
effect from losses on foreign exchange of $0.6 million,
compared to a gain from foreign exchange of $1.1 million in
2003.
The increase in 2003 compared to 2002 was due primarily to
foreign exchange gains of $1.1 million in 2003 compared to
zero in 2002 as a result of a weaker dollar.
Income Taxes
Harmonics provision for income taxes, and provision for
income taxes as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
are presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage increase (decrease) in provision for
income taxes as compared with the prior year, for each of the
two years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$ |
589 |
|
|
$ |
300 |
|
|
$ |
500 |
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
0.2% |
|
|
|
0.2% |
|
|
|
0.3% |
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
289 |
|
|
$ |
(200) |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
96.3% |
|
|
|
(40.0%) |
|
|
|
|
|
Our effective tax rate was 27.2% in 2004, 1.0% in 2003 and 0.7%
in 2002. Harmonic recorded a provision for income taxes of
$0.6 million in 2004 principally due to foreign income
taxes. Harmonic recorded a provision for income taxes of
$0.3 million in 2003 principally due to foreign income
taxes despite a loss before income taxes of $29.1 million.
In 2002, Harmonic recorded a provision for income taxes of
$0.5 million principally due to foreign income taxes
despite a loss before income taxes of $76.4 million. The
valuation allowance was increased from $104.9 million in
2002 to $123.6 million in 2003 and decreased to
$122.9 million in 2004. The valuation allowance is for the
full amount of the net deferred tax asset, because realization
of any future benefit from deductible temporary differences, net
operating losses and tax credit carry forwards was uncertain at
December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003.
Segments
Harmonics management uses income from segment operations
as its measure of segment profitability. Income from segment
operations excludes intangible amortization expense, corporate
expenses, including excess facilities charges, and interest and
other income, net. See Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
Fluctuations in net sales by operating segment are discussed
more extensively in the section above entitled Net Sales.
Harmonics income (loss) from segment operations and the
income (loss) as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for
each of the three years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and
2002 are presented in the table below. Also
26
presented is the related dollar and percentage increase
(decrease) in segment operations results as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
Convergent Systems (CS) |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Income (loss) from segment
operations
|
|
$ |
26,427 |
|
|
$ |
(4,398) |
|
|
$ |
(15,649) |
|
As a % of segment net sales
|
|
|
15.4% |
|
|
|
(3.9%) |
|
|
|
(14.3%) |
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
30,825 |
|
|
$ |
11,251 |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
The improved CS segment results in 2004 compared to 2003 were
due to a 51% increase in sales, lower third party manufacturing
costs, and a more favorable margin on the mix of products sold,
slightly offset by an increase in operating expenses as compared
to 2003. The 2004 increases in operating expenses were as a
result of higher selling expenses and slightly higher research
and development expenses as compared to 2003. CS segment results
included credits of $0.1 million in 2004 related to
products sold in 2004 for which the cost basis had been written
down in prior years.
The improved CS segment results in 2003 compared to 2002 were
due to a 3% increase in sales, higher gross margins from changes
in product mix and lower material costs, and lower operating
expenses, resulting primarily from lower headcount. CS segment
results included credits of $0.5 million in 2003 related to
products sold in 2003 for which the cost basis had been written
down in prior years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
Broadband Access Networks (BAN) |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Income or (loss) from segment
operations
|
|
$ |
8,110 |
|
|
$ |
1,102 |
|
|
$ |
(4,033) |
|
As a % of segment net sales
|
|
|
10.5% |
|
|
|
1.6% |
|
|
|
(5.2%) |
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$ |
7,008 |
|
|
$ |
5,135 |
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
635.9% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The improved BAN segment results in 2004 compared to 2003 were
due to an 11% increase in sales and a more favorable margin on
the mix of products sold during 2004. BAN segment results
included credits of $3.9 million in 2004 related to
products sold in 2004 for which the cost basis had been written
down in prior years.
The improved BAN segment results in 2003 compared to 2002 were
due to higher gross margins from improved product mix, improved
factory absorption, and lower operating expenses in all areas,
resulting primarily from lower headcount. In addition, BAN
segment results included credits of $4.2 million in 2003
related to products sold in 2003 for which the cost basis had
been written down in prior years.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments
|
|
$ |
100,607 |
|
|
$ |
112,597 |
|
|
$ |
49,158 |
|
|
Net cash used in operating
activities
|
|
$ |
(9,022) |
|
|
$ |
(5,559) |
|
|
$ |
(5,404) |
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
$ |
(10,065) |
|
|
$ |
(46,369) |
|
|
$ |
(12,668) |
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
$ |
3,877 |
|
|
$ |
72,335 |
|
|
$ |
3,596 |
|
As of December 31, 2004, cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments totaled $100.6 million, compared to
$112.6 million as of December 31, 2003. Cash used in
operations was $9.0 million in 2004 compared to
$5.6 million in 2003. The increased use of cash in
operations in 2004 was primarily due to increased accounts
receivable and inventory, and reduced non-cash charges for
depreciation and amortization, which was substantially offset by
a change to net income in 2004 from a net loss in 2003. The
higher accounts receivable was due to the increase in sales in
the fourth quarter to $85.6 million in 2004 compared to
$56.3 million in the same period of 2003.
27
Depreciation decreased primarily due to a significant amount of
equipment being fully depreciated during 2004. The
Companys inventories increased by $19.3 million
between December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004
resulting principally from management decisions to increase
inventories to support increased orders and revenue levels. We
experienced an increase of 36% in net sales for 2004 compared to
2003 and we expect revenue in the first six months of 2005 to
increase significantly compared to $112 million in net
sales for the first six months of 2004. Backlog has increased to
$55.0 million at December 31, 2004 compared to
$45.8 million at December 31, 2003 and significant
inventory purchases had been made in 2004 for these orders. In
addition, we have deployed higher amounts of inventory for
demonstration purposes, including major laboratory trials of
large, complex systems at our customers premises.
Additions to property, plant and equipment were
$6.3 million during 2004 compared to $3.4 million in
2003. The increases in 2004 and 2003 were due primarily to the
acquisition of test equipment. Harmonic currently expects
capital expenditures to be approximately $8 million during
2005.
On November 3, 2003, Harmonic completed a public offering
of 9.0 million shares of its common stock at a price of
$7.40 per share. The net proceeds were approximately
$62.0 million, which is net of underwriters fees of
$3.7 million, and related legal, accounting, printing and
other expenses totaling approximately $0.9 million. In
connection with this offering, the underwriters exercised their
option to purchase 1.35 million additional shares of
common stock at $7.40 per share on November 12, 2003
to cover over-allotments which resulted in additional net
proceeds of approximately $9.4 million. The net proceeds
from the offering are being used for general corporate purposes,
including payment of existing liabilities, research and
development, the development or acquisition of new products or
technologies, equipment acquisitions, strategic acquisitions of
businesses, general working capital and operating expenses.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger tax liabilities.
As of December 31, 2004, approximately $15.8 million
of pre-merger tax liabilities remained outstanding and are
included in accrued liabilities. Harmonic expects to negotiate
final settlement and make payment of these obligations to a
variety of taxing authorities or to LSI Logic during 2005,
including a $5.8 million payment Harmonic made in February
2005 to settle the tax obligation in one country. To the extent
that these obligations are finally settled for less than the
amount provided, Harmonic is required, under the terms of the
merger agreement, to refund the difference to LSI Logic.
Accordingly, we expect a significant reduction in cash, cash
equivalents and short-term investments during 2005 from these
payments. In the event these liabilities are more than
$15.8 million, LSI is obligated to indemnify Harmonic for
the additional amount.
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to approximately
$14.0 million, including $4.0 million for equipment
under a secured term loan. This facility, which was amended and
restated in December 2004, expires in December 2005 and contains
financial and other covenants including the requirement for
Harmonic to maintain unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments, net of credit extensions, of not less
than $50.0 million. If Harmonic is unable to maintain this
cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments balance or
satisfy the additional affirmative covenant requirements,
Harmonic would be in noncompliance with the facility. In the
event of noncompliance by Harmonic with the covenants under the
facility, Silicon Valley Bank would be entitled to exercise its
remedies under the facility which include declaring all
obligations immediately due and payable, and disposing of the
collateral if obligations were not repaid. At December 31,
2004, Harmonic was in compliance with the covenants under this
line of credit facility. An amendment to the line of credit
facility entered into during December 2004 resulted in Harmonic
paying a fee of approximately $25,000 and requires payment of
approximately $37,000 of additional fees if Harmonic does not
maintain an unrestricted deposit of $20.0 million with
Silicon Valley Bank. Future borrowings pursuant to the line bear
interest at the banks prime rate (5.25% as of
December 31, 2004) or prime plus 0.5% for equipment
borrowings. Borrowings are payable monthly and are
collateralized by all of Harmonics assets. As of
December 31, 2004, $2.3 million was outstanding under
the equipment term loan portion of this facility and
$1.9 million was borrowed during 2004. The term loan is
payable monthly, including principal and interest at
5.75% per annum on outstanding borrowings as of
December 31, 2004 and matures at various dates through
December 2007. Other than standby letters of credit and
guarantees, there were no other outstanding borrowings or
commitments under the line of credit facility as of
December 31, 2004.
28
Harmonics cash and investment balances at
December 31, 2004 were $100.6 million. We currently
believe that our existing liquidity sources, including the
proceeds from the stock offering we completed in the fourth
quarter of 2003, and our bank line of credit facility will
satisfy our requirements for at least the next twelve months,
including the final settlement and payment of C-Cubes
pre-merger tax liabilities. However, we may need to raise
additional funds if our expectations or estimates change or
prove inaccurate, or to take advantage of unanticipated
opportunities or to strengthen our financial position. The
completed stock offering in the fourth quarter of 2003 was part
of a registration statement on Form S-3 declared effective
by the SEC in April 2002. The Form S-3 registration
statement remains effective and Harmonic continues to have the
ability to use the registration statement to issue various types
of securities, including common stock, preferred stock, debt
securities, and warrants to purchase common stock from time to
time, up to an aggregate of approximately $73 million,
subject to market conditions and our capital needs.
Future payments under contractual obligations, and other
commercial commitments, as of December 31, 2004, were as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
Amounts |
|
|
|
Over |
Contractual Obligations |
|
Committed |
|
1 year or less |
|
2-3 years |
|
4-5 years |
|
5 years |
|
|
|
Operating
Leases(1)
|
|
$ |
69,022 |
|
|
$ |
10,191 |
|
|
$ |
23,718 |
|
|
$ |
25,441 |
|
|
$ |
9,672 |
|
Inventory Purchase Commitments
|
|
|
35,216 |
|
|
|
35,216 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-Cube Pre-Merger Tax Liabilities
|
|
|
15,800 |
|
|
|
15,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
2,339 |
|
|
|
1,067 |
|
|
|
1,272 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency forward exchange
contracts
|
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
890 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Obligations
|
|
$ |
123,691 |
|
|
$ |
63,359 |
|
|
$ |
25,219 |
|
|
$ |
25,441 |
|
|
$ |
9,672 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
Amounts |
|
|
|
Over |
Other Commercial Commitments |
|
Committed |
|
1 year or less |
|
2-3 years |
|
4-5 years |
|
5 years |
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit
|
|
$ |
1,503 |
|
|
$ |
1,503 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indemnifications(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Commercial Commitments
|
|
$ |
1,503 |
|
|
$ |
1,503 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Operating lease commitments include $28.4 million provided
for as accrued excess facilities costs. |
|
(2) |
Harmonic indemnifies some of its suppliers and customers for
specified intellectual property rights pursuant to certain
parameters and restrictions. The scope of these indemnities
varies, but in some instances, includes indemnification for
damages and expenses (including reasonable attorneys
fees). There have been no claims for indemnification and,
accordingly, no amounts have been accrued in respect of the
indemnification provisions at December 31, 2004. |
In addition, from time to time, we review potential acquisitions
that would complement our existing product offerings, enhance
our technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital or could require us
to issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
Our ability to raise funds may be adversely affected by a number
of factors relating to Harmonic, as well as factors beyond our
control, including increased market uncertainty surrounding the
ongoing U.S. war on terrorism, as well
29
as conditions in capital markets and the cable and satellite
industries. There can be no assurance that any financing will be
available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, to
amend the guidance in Chapter 4, Inventory Pricing,
of FASB Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43,
Restatement and Revision of Accounting Research
Bulletins. SFAS 151 clarifies the accounting for
abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling
costs, and wasted material (spoilage) and requires these
costs be treated as current period charges. Additionally,
SFAS 151 requires that allocation of fixed production
overhead to the costs of conversion be based on the normal
capacity of the production facilities. The provisions of
SFAS 151 are effective for inventory costs incurred during
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We are
currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 151 on our
financial position, results of operations and liquidity.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets an amendment of APB Opinion
No. 29. SFAS 153 amends the guidance in APB
Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions, which is based on the principle that exchanges
of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value
of the assets exchanged, with certain exceptions. SFAS 153
amends APB Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary
exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a
general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do
not have commercial substance. A nonmonetary exchange has
commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are
expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange.
The provisions of SFAS 153 are effective for nonmonetary
asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after
June 15, 2005. We do not currently believe that
SFAS 153 will have a significant impact on our financial
condition and results of operations.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment. SFAS 123R is a
revision of FASB SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and its related
implementation guidance. Under SFAS 123(R), we will be
required to measure the cost of employee services received in
exchange for stock based on the grant-date fair value (with
limited exceptions). That cost will be recognized over the
period during which an employee is required to provide service
in exchange for the award (usually the vesting period). The fair
value will be estimated using an option-pricing model.
SFAS 123(R) is effective as of the beginning of the first
interim or annual reporting period that begins after
June 15, 2005. We are currently in the process of
evaluating the impact of SFAS 123(R) on our financial
statements, including different option-pricing models and which
transition method to select.
In March 2004, the FASB issued EITF 03-1, The Meaning
of Other-Than Temporary Impairment and Its Application to
Certain Investments, which provided guidance for assessing
impairment losses on investments. Additionally, EITF 03-1
includes new disclosure requirements for investments that are
deemed to be temporarily impaired. In September 2004, the FASB
delayed the accounting provisions of EITF 03-1; however the
disclosure requirements remain effective for annual periods
ending after June 15, 2004. We will evaluate the impact of
EITF 03-1 once final guidance is issued.
In December 2004, FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-2,
Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign
Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs
Creation Act of 2004 (FSP FAS 109-2) was issued,
providing guidance under SFAS 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes for recording the potential impact of the
repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of
2004, enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP FAS 109-2
allows time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment
to evaluate the effects of the Jobs Act before applying the
requirements of FSP FAS 109-2. We are currently in the
process of evaluating the potential effects of the Jobs Act and
have not adjusted our tax expense or deferred tax liability to
reflect the requirements of FSP FAS 109-2.
Factors That May Affect Future Results of Operations
We Depend On Cable And Satellite Industry Capital Spending
For A Substantial Portion Of Our Revenue And Any Decrease Or
Delay In Capital Spending In These Industries Would Negatively
Impact Our Resources, Operating Results And Financial Condition
And Cash Flows.
30
A significant portion of Harmonics sales have been derived
from sales to cable television and satellite operators, and we
expect these sales to constitute a significant portion of net
sales for the foreseeable future. Demand for our products will
depend on the magnitude and timing of capital spending by cable
television operators, satellite operators, telephone companies
and broadcasters for constructing and upgrading their systems.
These capital spending patterns are dependent on a variety of
factors, including:
|
|
|
access to financing; |
|
|
annual budget cycles; |
|
|
the impact of industry consolidation; |
|
|
the status of federal, local and foreign government regulation
of telecommunications and television broadcasting; |
|
|
overall demand for communication services and the acceptance of
new video, voice and data services; |
|
|
evolving industry standards and network architectures; |
|
|
competitive pressures, including pricing pressures; |
|
|
discretionary customer spending patterns; and |
|
|
general economic conditions. |
In the past, specific factors contributing to reduced capital
spending have included:
|
|
|
uncertainty related to development of digital video industry
standards; |
|
|
delays associated with the evaluation of new services, new
standards, and system architectures by many cable and satellite
television operators; |
|
|
emphasis on generating revenue from existing customers by
operators instead of new construction or network upgrades; |
|
|
a reduction in the amount of capital available to finance
projects of our customers and potential customers; |
|
|
proposed business combinations and divestitures by our customers
and regulatory review thereof; |
|
|
economic and financial conditions in domestic and international
markets; and |
|
|
bankruptcies and financial restructuring of major customers. |
The financial difficulties of certain of our customers and
changes in our customers deployment plans adversely
affected our business throughout 2002 and in the first half of
2003. Two of our major domestic customers, Adelphia
Communications and Winfirst, declared bankruptcy during the
first half of 2002, while NTL, a major international customer,
emerged from bankruptcy in 2003. Furthermore, we believe that
our net sales to satellite customers were adversely affected by
the uncertainty related to the prolonged regulatory review of
the proposed acquisition of DIRECTV by EchoStar in 2002, which
was ultimately rejected by regulators. These events, coupled
with uncertain and volatile capital markets, also pressured the
market values of domestic cable operators and restricted their
access to capital. This reduced access to funding for new and
existing customers caused delays in the timing and scale of
deployments of our equipment and also resulted in the
postponement or cancellation of certain projects by our
customers. Several customers also canceled new projects or
delayed new orders to allow them to reduce inventory levels that
were in excess of their deployment requirements. We believe that
these factors contributed to decreased net sales in both our CS
division and our BAN division during the second half of 2002 and
the first half of 2003 compared to the first half of 2002.
We believe that the financial condition of many of our customers
has stabilized or improved, and our net sales increased in 2004
compared to 2003. However, another economic downturn or other
factors could cause additional financial difficulties among our
customers, and customers whose financial condition has
stabilized may not purchase new equipment at levels we have seen
in the past. Continued financial difficulties among our
customers would adversely affect our operating results and
financial condition. In addition, industry consolidation has, in
the past and
31
may in the future, constrain capital spending among our
customers. In this regard, we believe that the proposed sale of
Adelphia Communications and the recent privatization of Cox
Communications have led to capital spending delays at these
customers. We cannot currently predict the impact of the
proposed sale of Adelphia Communications or the privatization of
Cox Communications on our future sales. As a result, we cannot
assure you that we will maintain or increase our net sales in
the future.
Major U.S. cable operators have indicated that the
substantial completion of major network upgrades, which involved
significant labor and construction costs, will lead to lower
capital expenditures in the future. If our product portfolio and
product development plans do not position us well to capture an
increased portion of the capital spending of US cable operators,
our revenue may decline and our operating results would be
adversely affected.
Our Customer Base Is Concentrated And The Loss Of One Or More
Of Our Key Customers Would Harm Our Business.
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
of cable television and direct broadcast satellite systems, we
expect this customer concentration to continue in the
foreseeable future. Sales to our ten largest customers in 2004,
2003, and 2002 accounted for approximately 55%, 65% and 61% of
net sales, respectively. Although we are attempting to broaden
our customer base by penetrating new markets such as the
telecommunications and broadcast markets and expand
internationally, we expect to see continuing industry
consolidation and customer concentration due in part to the
significant capital costs of constructing broadband networks.
For example, Comcast acquired AT&T Broadband in November
2002, thereby creating the largest U.S. cable operator,
reaching approximately 22 million subscribers. In the DBS
segment, The News Corporation Ltd. acquired an indirect
controlling interest in Hughes Electronics, the parent company
of DIRECTV in 2003. In addition, the sale or financial
restructuring of companies such as Adelphia Communications and
several European operators may lead to further industry
consolidation. In 2004 and 2003, sales to Comcast accounted for
17% and 32%, respectively, of net sales. In 2002, sales to
Charter Communications and Comcast accounted for 18% and 10% of
net sales. If Comcast and AT&T Broadband had been combined
for all of 2002, total revenues for the combined entity would
have been 17% of net sales. The loss of Comcast or any other
significant customer or any reduction in orders by Comcast or
any significant customer, or our failure to qualify our products
with a significant customer could adversely affect our business,
operating results and liquidity. In this regard, sales to
Comcast declined in 2004 compared to 2003, both in absolute
dollars and as a percentage of revenues. The loss of, or any
reduction in orders from, a significant customer would harm our
business.
Our Operating Results Are Likely To Fluctuate Significantly
And May Fail To Meet Or Exceed The Expectations Of Securities
Analysts Or Investors, Causing Our Stock Price To Decline.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely
to continue to fluctuate in the future, on an annual and a
quarterly basis, as a result of several factors, many of which
are outside of our control. Some of the factors that may cause
these fluctuations include:
|
|
|
the level and timing of capital spending of our customers, both
in the U.S. and in foreign markets; |
|
|
changes in market demand; |
|
|
the timing and amount of orders, especially from significant
customers; |
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition from solution contracts which
may span several quarters; |
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition on sales arrangements, which
may include multiple deliverables; |
|
|
the need to replace revenue from a major project for a Japanese
customer that was completed in 2004 with other domestic or
international customers; |
|
|
competitive market conditions, including pricing actions by our
competitors; |
|
|
seasonality, with fewer construction and upgrade projects
typically occurring in winter months and otherwise being
affected by inclement weather; |
|
|
our unpredictable sales cycles; |
32
|
|
|
the amount and timing of sales to telcos, which are particularly
difficult to predict; |
|
|
new product introductions by our competitors or by us; |
|
|
changes in domestic and international regulatory environments; |
|
|
market acceptance of new or existing products; |
|
|
the cost and availability of components, subassemblies and
modules; |
|
|
the mix of our customer base and sales channels; |
|
|
the mix of our products sold; |
|
|
changes in our operating expenses and extraordinary expenses; |
|
|
the impact of FAS 123R, a new accounting standard which requires
us to expense stock options; |
|
|
our development of custom products and software; |
|
|
the level of international sales; and |
|
|
economic and financial conditions specific to the cable and
satellite industries, and general economic conditions. |
For example, the timing of deployment of our equipment can be
subject to a number of other risks, including the availability
of skilled engineering and technical personnel, the availability
of other equipment such as compatible set top boxes, and our
customers need for local franchise and licensing approvals.
In addition, we often recognize a substantial portion of our
revenues in the last month of the quarter. We establish our
expenditure levels for product development and other operating
expenses based on projected sales levels, and expenses are
relatively fixed in the short term. Accordingly, variations in
timing of sales can cause significant fluctuations in operating
results. As a result of all these factors, our operating results
in one or more future periods may fail to meet or exceed the
expectations of securities analysts or investors. In that event,
the trading price of our common stock would likely decline. In
this regard, due to lower than expected sales during the third
quarter of 2002, the first quarter of 2003, and the third
quarter of 2004, we failed to meet our internal expectations, as
well as the expectations of securities analysts and investors,
and the price of our common stock declined, in some cases
significantly.
Our Future Growth Depends on Market Acceptance of Several
Emerging Broadband Services, on the Adoption of New Broadband
Technologies and on Several Other Broadband Industry Trends.
Future demand for our products will depend significantly on the
growing market acceptance of several emerging broadband
services, including digital video; VOD; HD television; very
high-speed data services and voice-over-IP (VoIP) telephony.
The effective delivery of these services will depend, in part,
on a variety of new network architectures, such as:
|
|
|
FTTP networks; |
|
|
new video compression standards such as MPEG-4/ H.264 and
Microsofts Windows Media 9 broadcast profile (VC-1); |
|
|
the greater use of protocols such as IP; and |
|
|
the introduction of new consumer devices, such as advanced
set-top boxes and personal video recorders (PVRs). |
If adoption of these emerging services and/or technologies is
not as widespread or as rapid as we expect, or if we are unable
to develop new products based on these technologies on a timely
basis, our net sales growth will be materially and adversely
affected.
33
Furthermore, other technological, industry and regulatory trends
will affect the growth of our business. These trends include the
following:
|
|
|
convergence, or the desire of certain network operators to
deliver a package of video, voice and data services to
consumers, also known as the triple play; |
|
|
the use of digital video by businesses, governments and
educators; |
|
|
the privatization of state-owned telcos around the world; |
|
|
efforts by regulators and governments in the U.S. and abroad to
encourage the adoption of broadband and digital
technologies; and |
|
|
the extent and nature of regulatory attitudes towards such
issues as competition between operators, access by third parties
to networks of other operators, and new services such as VoIP. |
If, for instance, operators do not pursue the triple
play as aggressively as we expect, our net sales growth
would be materially and adversely affected. Similar, if our
expectations regarding these and other trends are not met, our
net sales may be materially and adversely affected.
We Need To Develop And Introduce New And Enhanced Products In
A Timely Manner To Remain Competitive.
Broadband communications markets are characterized by continuing
technological advancement, changes in customer requirements and
evolving industry standards. To compete successfully, we must
design, develop, manufacture and sell new or enhanced products
that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and
reliability. However, we may not be able to successfully develop
or introduce these products if our products:
|
|
|
are not cost effective; |
|
|
are not brought to market in a timely manner; |
|
|
are not in accordance with evolving industry standards and
architectures; |
|
|
fail to achieve market acceptance; or |
|
|
are ahead of the market. |
Also, to successfully develop and market certain of our planned
products for digital applications, we may be required to enter
into technology development or licensing agreements with third
parties. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into
any necessary technology development or licensing agreement on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements when necessary
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and,
accordingly, could materially and adversely affect our business
and operating results.
Our CS division is currently developing and marketing products
based on new video compression standards. Encoding products
based on the current MPEG-2 compression standards have
represented a significant portion of the Companys sales
since the acquisition of DiviCom in 2000. New standards, such as
MPEG-4/ H.264 and Microsofts Windows Media 9 broadcast
profile (VC-1), are being adopted which are expected to provide
significantly greater compression efficiency, thereby making
more bandwidth available to operators. Harmonic is developing
products based on these new standards in order to remain
competitive and is devoting considerable resources to this
effort. There can be no assurance that these efforts will be
successful in the near future, or at all.
Our BAN division is currently marketing products for FTTP
networks which telcos have begun to build. Although we believe
that a number of our existing products can be deployed
successfully in these networks, we will need to devote
considerable resources to obtaining orders, qualifying our
products and hiring knowledgeable personnel, and we may make
significant financial commitments. There can be no assurance
that these efforts will be successful in the near future, or at
all.
34
If Sales Forecasted For A Particular Period Are Not Realized
In That Period Due To The Unpredictable Sales Cycles Of Our
Products, Our Operating Results For That Period Will Be
Harmed.
The sales cycles of many of our products, particularly our newer
products and products sold internationally, are typically
unpredictable and usually involve:
|
|
|
a significant technical evaluation; |
|
|
a commitment of capital and other resources by cable, satellite,
and other network operators; |
|
|
time required to engineer the deployment of new technologies or
new broadband services; |
|
|
testing and acceptance of new technologies that affect key
operations; and |
|
|
test marketing of new services with subscribers. |
For these and other reasons, our sales cycles generally last
three to six months, but can last up to 12 months. If
orders forecasted for a specific customer for a particular
quarter do not occur in that quarter, our operating results for
that quarter could be substantially lower than anticipated. In
this regard, our sales cycles with our current and potential
telco customers are particularly unpredictable. Additionally,
orders may include multiple elements, the timing of delivery of
which may impact the timing of revenue recognition. Quarterly
and annual results may fluctuate significantly due to revenue
recognition policies and the timing of the receipt of orders.
For example, revenue from two significant customer orders in the
third quarter of 2004 was delayed due to these factors until the
fourth quarter of 2004.
In addition, a significant portion of our revenue is derived
from solution sales that principally consist of and include the
system design, manufacture, test, installation and integration
of equipment to the specifications of Harmonics customers,
including equipment acquired from third parties to be integrated
with Harmonics products. Revenue forecasts for solution
contracts are based on the estimated timing of the system
design, installation and integration of projects. Because the
solution contracts generally span several quarters and revenue
recognition is based on progress under the contract, the timing
of revenue is difficult to predict and could result in lower
than expected revenue in any particular quarter.
We Depend On Our International Sales And Are Subject To The
Risks Associated With International Operations, Which May
Negatively Affect Our Operating Results.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2004, 2003 and
2002 represented 42%, 29% and 29% of net sales, respectively,
and we expect that international sales will continue to
represent a meaningful portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future. Furthermore, a substantial portion of our
contract manufacturing occurs overseas. Our international
operations, the international operations of our contract
manufacturers, and our efforts to increase sales in
international markets, are subject to a number of risks,
including:
|
|
|
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards; |
|
|
import and export license requirements, tariffs, taxes and other
trade barriers; |
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates; |
|
|
difficulty in collecting accounts receivable; |
|
|
the burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws,
treaties and technical standards; |
|
|
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations; |
|
|
political and economic instability; and |
|
|
changes in economic policies by foreign governments |
During 2004, a significant percentage of our international
revenues were derived from a major upgrade by a Japanese
customer of its satellite facilities. That upgrade has now been
completed, and we expect sales to this customer to decline in
2005, which could adversely affect our sales to international
customers.
35
Certain of our international customers have accumulated
significant levels of debt and have announced during the past
three years, reorganizations and financial restructurings,
including bankruptcy filings. Even if these restructurings are
completed, we cannot assure you that these customers will be in
a position to purchase new equipment at levels we have seen in
the past.
While our international sales and operating expenses have
typically been denominated in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in
currency exchange rates could cause our products to become
relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country,
leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in that country.
Following implementation of the Euro in January 2002, a higher
portion of our European business is denominated in Euros, which
may subject us to increased foreign currency risk. Gains and
losses on the conversion to U.S. dollars of accounts
receivable, accounts payable and other monetary assets and
liabilities arising from international operations may contribute
to fluctuations in operating results. Furthermore, payment
cycles for international customers are typically longer than
those for customers in the U.S. Unpredictable sales cycles could
cause us to fail to meet or exceed the expectations of security
analysts and investors for any given period. In addition,
foreign markets may not develop in the future. Any or all of
these factors could adversely impact our business and results of
operations.
Pending Business Combinations And Other Financial And
Regulatory Issues Among Our Customers Could Adversely Affect Our
Business.
The telecommunications industry has been particularly impacted
by the recent economic recession, adverse conditions in capital
markets and financial difficulties in both the service and
equipment sectors, including bankruptcies. Many of our domestic
and international customers accumulated significant levels of
debt and announced reorganizations and financial restructurings
during the past three years, including bankruptcy filings. In
particular, Adelphia Communications, a major domestic cable
operator, declared bankruptcy in June 2002. The stock prices of
other domestic cable companies came under pressure following the
Adelphia bankruptcy due to concerns about debt levels and
capital expenditure requirements for new and expanded services,
thereby making the raising of capital more difficult and
expensive. New operators, such as RCN and WinFirst, also had
difficulty in accessing capital markets. Both subsequently filed
for bankruptcy. In Europe, rapid consolidation of the cable
industry through acquisition also led to significant levels of
debt at the major MSOs, and companies such as NTL and UPC went
through bankruptcy proceedings. European digital broadcasters,
such as ITV Digital, Kirsch and Quiero, also filed for
protection from creditors.
While the capital market concerns about the domestic cable
industry have eased, market conditions remain difficult and
capital spending plans are generally constrained. It is likely
that further industry restructuring will take place via mergers
or spin-offs, such as the Comcast/ AT&T Broadband
transaction in 2002 and the acquisition by The News Corporation
Ltd. in December 2003 of an indirect controlling interest in
Hughes Electronics, the parent company of DIRECTV. This
transaction followed regulatory opposition to the proposed
acquisition of DIRECTV by EchoStar. We believe that uncertainty
during 2002 regarding the proposed DIRECTV and EchoStar merger
adversely affected capital spending by both of these parties as
well as other customers. More recently, restructuring of the
industry has continued with the privatization of Cox
Communications, the planned sale of Adelphia Communications out
of bankruptcy, and the proposed sale of Cablevisions VOOM!
satellite assets to Echostar. In addition, further business
combinations may occur in our industry, and these further
combinations could adversely affect our business. Regulatory
issues, financial concerns and business combinations among our
customers are likely to significantly affect the industry, its
capital spending plans, and our levels of business for the
foreseeable future.
Changes in Telecommunications Regulations Could Harm Our
Prospects And Future Sales.
Changes in telecommunications regulations in the U.S. and other
countries could affect the sales of our products. In particular,
regulations dealing with access by competitors to the networks
of incumbent operators could slow or stop additional
construction or expansion by these operators. Increased
regulation of our customers pricing or service offerings
could limit their investments and consequently the sales of our
products. Changes in regulations could have a material adverse
effect on our business, operating results, and financial
condition.
36
Competition For Qualified Personnel, Particularly Management
Personnel, Can Be Intense. In Order To Manage Our Growth, We
Must Be Successful In Addressing Management Succession Issues
And Attracting And Retaining Qualified Personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on the
ability of our management to operate effectively, both
individually and as a group. We must successfully manage
transition and replacement issues that may result from the
departure or retirement of members of our senior management. We
are dependent on our ability to retain and motivate high caliber
personnel, in addition to attracting new personnel. Competition
for qualified management, technical and other personnel can be
intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and
retaining such personnel. Competitors and others have in the
past and may in the future attempt to recruit our employees.
While our employees are required to sign standard agreements
concerning confidentiality and ownership of inventions, we
generally do not have employment contracts or non-competition
agreements with any of our personnel. The loss of the services
of any of our key personnel, the inability to attract or retain
qualified personnel in the future or delays in hiring required
personnel, particularly senior management and engineers and
other technical personnel, could negatively affect our business.
Recent And Proposed Regulations Related To Equity
Compensation Could Adversely Affect Earnings, Affect Our Ability
To Raise Capital And Affect Our Ability To Attract And Retain
Key Personnel.
Since our inception, we have used stock options as a fundamental
component of our employee compensation packages. We believe that
our stock option plans are an essential tool to link the
long-term interests of stockholders and employees, especially
executive management, and serve to motivate management to make
decisions that will, in the long run, give the best returns to
stockholders. The Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) has announced changes to U.S. GAAP, effective
for fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005, that will
require us to record a charge to earnings for employee stock
option grants and employee stock purchase plan rights. This
regulation will negatively impact our earnings and may affect
our ability to raise capital on acceptable terms. In addition,
new regulations implemented by The Nasdaq National Market
requiring stockholder approval for all stock option plans could
make it more difficult for us to grant options to employees in
the future. To the extent that new regulations make it more
difficult or expensive to grant options to employees, we may
incur increased compensation costs, change our equity
compensation strategy or find it difficult to attract, retain
and motivate employees, each of which could materially and
adversely affect our business.
We Are Exposed To Additional Costs And Risks Associated With
Complying With Increasing And New Regulation Of Corporate
Governance And Disclosure Standards.
We are spending an increased amount of management time and
external resources to comply with changing laws, regulations and
standards relating to corporate governance and public
disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC
regulations and Nasdaq Stock Market rules. Particularly,
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires
managements annual review and evaluation of our internal
controls over financial reporting, and attestation of the
effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting
by management and the Companys independent registered
public accounting firm in connection with the filing of this
annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2004, and with each subsequently filed annual
report on Form 10-K. We have documented and tested our
internal control systems and procedures and have made
improvements in order for us to comply with the requirements of
Section 404. This process required us to hire additional
personnel and outside advisory services and has resulted in
significant additional accounting and legal expenses. While our
assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting
resulted in our conclusion that as of December 31, 2004,
our internal control over financial reporting was effective, we
cannot predict the outcome of our testing in future periods. If
we conclude in future periods that our internal controls over
financial reporting are not effective or if our independent
registered public accountants are unable to provide an
unqualified opinion as of future year-ends, investors may lose
confidence in our financial statements, and the price of our
stock may suffer.
37
We May Need Additional Capital In The Future And May Not Be
Able To Secure Adequate Funds On Terms Acceptable To Us.
We have generated substantial operating losses since we began
operations in June 1988. Although we generated a small net
profit in 2004 after several years of losses, future
profitability is highly uncertain, and we may never achieve
sustained profitable operations. We have been engaged in the
design, manufacture and sale of a variety of broadband products
since inception, which has required, and will continue to
require, significant research and development expenditures. As
of December 31, 2004 we had an accumulated deficit of
$1.9 billion. These losses, among other things, have had
and may have an adverse effect on our stockholders equity
and working capital.
We believe that the proceeds of the stock offering we completed
in November 2003, together with our existing liquidity sources,
will satisfy our cash requirements for at least the next twelve
months, including the final settlement and payment of
C-Cubes pre-merger tax liabilities. However, we may need
to raise additional funds if our expectations are incorrect, to
fund our operations, to take advantage of unanticipated
strategic opportunities or to strengthen our financial position.
The stock offering we completed in November 2003 related to a
registration statement on Form S-3 declared effective by
the SEC in April 2002. This registration statement will continue
to allow Harmonic to issue various types of securities,
including common stock, preferred stock, debt securities and
warrants to purchase common stock from time to time, up to an
aggregate of approximately $73 million, subject to market
conditions and our capital needs. Our ability to raise funds may
be adversely affected by a number of factors relating to
Harmonic, as well as factors beyond our control, including
conditions in capital markets and the cable, telecom and
satellite industries. There can be no assurance that such
financing will be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
In addition, from time to time, we review potential acquisitions
that would complement our existing product offerings, enhance
our technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital to finance the
acquisition and related expenses as well as to integrate
operations following a transaction, and could require us to
issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
We may raise additional financing through public or private
equity offerings, debt financings or additional corporate
collaboration and licensing arrangements. To the extent we raise
additional capital by issuing equity securities, our
stockholders may experience dilution. To the extent that we
raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing
arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to
our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that
are not favorable to us. If adequate funds are not available, we
will not be able to continue developing our products.
If Demand For Our Products Increases More Quickly Than We
Expect, We May Be Unable To Meet Our Customers
Requirements.
Our net sales increased approximately 36% in 2004 from 2003. If
demand for our products continues to increase, the difficulty of
accurately forecasting our customers requirements and
meeting these requirements will increase. Forecasting to meet
customers needs is particularly difficult in connection
with newer products. Our ability to meet customer demand depends
significantly on the availability of components and other
materials as well as the ability of our contract manufacturers
to scale their production. Furthermore, we purchase several key
components, subassemblies and modules used in the manufacture or
integration of our products from sole or limited sources. Our
ability to meet customer requirements depends in part on our
ability to obtain sufficient volumes of these materials in a
timely fashion. Also, in recent years, in response to lower net
sales and the prolonged economic recession, we significantly
reduced our headcount and other expenses. As a result, we may be
unable to respond to customer demand that increases more quickly
than we expect. If we fail to meet customers supply
expectations, our net sales would be adversely affected and we
may lose business.
38
We Must Be Able To Manage Expenses And Inventory Risks
Associated With Meeting The Demand Of Our Customers.
If actual orders are materially lower than the indications we
receive from our customers, our ability to manage inventory and
expenses may be affected. If we enter into purchase commitments
to acquire materials, or expend resources to manufacture
products, and such products are not purchased by our customers,
our business and operating results could suffer. In this regard,
our gross margins and operating results have been in the past
adversely affected by significant provisions for excess and
obsolete inventories.
We Face Risks Associated With Having Important Facilities And
Resources Located In Israel.
Harmonic maintains a facility in Caesarea in the State of Israel
with a total of 62 employees as of December 31, 2004, or
approximately 11% of our workforce. The employees at this
facility consist principally of research and development
personnel involved in development of certain products for the CS
division. In addition, we have pilot production capabilities at
this facility consisting of procurement of subassemblies and
modules from Israeli subcontractors and final assembly and test
operations. Accordingly, we are directly influenced by the
political, economic and military conditions affecting Israel,
and any major hostilities involving Israel or the interruption
or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading partners
could significantly harm our business. The September 2001
terrorist attacks, the ongoing U.S. war on terrorism and
the terrorist attacks and hostilities within Israel have
heightened these risks. We cannot assure you that current
tensions in the Middle East will not adversely affect our
business and results of operations.
In addition, most of our employees in Israel are currently
obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israel Defense
Forces and several have been called for active military duty
recently. We cannot predict the effect of these obligations on
Harmonic in the future.
The Markets In Which We Operate Are Intensely Competitive And
Many Of Our Competitors Are Larger And More Established.
The markets for cable television fiber optics systems and
digital video broadcasting systems are extremely competitive and
have been characterized by rapid technological change and
declining average selling prices. Pressure on average selling
prices was particularly severe during the recent economic
downturn as equipment suppliers competed aggressively for
customers reduced capital spending. Harmonics
competitors in the fiber optics systems business include
corporations such as C-Cor, Motorola, and Scientific-Atlanta. In
the digital and video broadcasting systems business, we compete
broadly with vertically integrated system suppliers including
Motorola, Scientific-Atlanta, Tandberg Television and Thomson
Multimedia, and in certain product lines with Cisco and a number
of smaller companies.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
Harmonic. Many of these large organizations are in a better
position to withstand any significant reduction in capital
spending by customers in these markets. They often have broader
product lines and market focus and may not be as susceptible to
downturns in a particular market. In addition, many of our
competitors have been in operation longer than we have and
therefore have more long standing and established relationships
with domestic and foreign customers. We may not be able to
compete successfully in the future, which may harm our business.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. For example, new standards for video compression are
being introduced and products based on these standards are being
developed by Harmonic and certain competitors. If our
competitors are successful in bringing these products to market
earlier, or if these products are more technologically capable
than ours, then our sales could be materially and adversely
affected. In addition, companies that have historically not had
a large presence in the broadband communications equipment
market have begun recently to expand their market share through
mergers and acquisitions. The continued consolidation of our
competitors could have a significant negative impact on us.
Further, our competitors, particularly competitors of our
digital and video broadcasting systems business, may bundle
their products or incorporate functionality into existing
products in a manner that discourages users from purchasing our
products or which may require us to lower our selling prices
resulting in lower gross margins.
39
Broadband Communications Markets Are Characterized By Rapid
Technological Change.
Broadband communications markets are relatively immature, making
it difficult to accurately predict the markets future
growth rates, sizes or technological directions. In view of the
evolving nature of these markets, it is possible that cable
television operators, telephone companies or other suppliers of
broadband wireless and satellite services will decide to adopt
alternative architectures or technologies that are incompatible
with our current or future products. Also, decisions by
customers to adopt new technologies or products are often
delayed by extensive evaluation and qualification processes and
can result in delays in sales of current products. If we are
unable to design, develop, manufacture and sell products that
incorporate or are compatible with these new architectures or
technologies, our business will suffer.
We Purchase Several Key Components, Subassemblies And Modules
Used In The Manufacture Or Integration Of Our Products From Sole
Or Limited Sources, And We Are Increasingly Dependent On
Contract Manufacturers.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
depend on LSI Logic for video encoding chips. Our reliance on
sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign suppliers, and
our increased reliance on subcontractors since the merger with
C-Cube involves several risks, including a potential inability
to obtain an adequate supply of required components,
subassemblies or modules and reduced control over pricing,
quality and timely delivery of components, subassemblies or
modules. In particular, certain optical components have in the
past been in short supply and are available only from a small
number of suppliers, including sole source suppliers. While we
expend resources to qualify additional optical component
sources, consolidation of suppliers in the industry and the
small number of viable alternatives have limited the results of
these efforts. We do not generally maintain long-term agreements
with any of our suppliers. Managing our supplier and contractor
relationships is particularly difficult during time periods in
which we introduce new products and during time periods in which
demand for our products is increasing, especially if demand
increases more quickly than we expect. Furthermore, from time to
time we assess our relationship with our contract manufacturers.
In late 2003, we entered into a three-year agreement with Plexus
Services Corp. as our primary contract manufacturer. We
completed the transition during the summer of 2004. Difficulties
in managing relationships with current contract manufacturers,
could impede our ability to meet our customers
requirements and adversely affect our operating results. An
inability to obtain adequate deliveries or any other
circumstance that would require us to seek alternative sources
of supply could negatively affect our ability to ship our
products on a timely basis, which could damage relationships
with current and prospective customers and harm our business. We
attempt to limit this risk by maintaining safety stocks of
certain components, subassemblies and modules. As a result of
this investment in inventories, we have in the past and in the
future may be subject to risk of excess and obsolete
inventories, which could harm our business, operating results,
financial position and liquidity. In this regard, our gross
margins and operating results in the past, were adversely
affected by significant excess and obsolete inventory charges.
We Need To Effectively Manage Our Operations And The Cyclical
Nature Of Our Business.
The cyclical nature of our business has placed, and is expected
to continue to place, a significant strain on our personnel,
management and other resources. This strain was exacerbated by
the acquisition of DiviCom and the subsequent loss of numerous
employees, including senior management. In addition, we reduced
our work force by approximately 44% between December 31,
2000 and December 31, 2003 due to reduced industry spending
and demand for our products. If demand for products increases
significantly, we may need to increase our headcount, as we did
during 2004, adding 33 employees. Our ability to manage our
business effectively in the future, including any future growth,
will require us to train, motivate and manage our employees
successfully, to attract and integrate new employees into our
overall operations, to retain key employees and to continue to
improve our operational, financial and management systems.
We May Be Materially Affected By The WEEE And RoHS
Directives.
The European Union has finalized the Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE) directive, which regulates the
collection, recovery, and recycling of waste from electrical and
electronic products, and the Restrictions on the Use of Certain
Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(RoHS) directive, which bans the use of
40
certain hazardous materials including lead, mercury, cadmium,
chromium, and halogenated flame-retardants. Under WEEE, we will
be responsible for financing operations for the collection,
treatment, disposal, and recycling of past and future covered
products. Because the specific legal requirements have not been
finalized, we are presently unable to reasonably estimate the
amount of any costs that may be necessary in order to comply
with WEEE. We cannot assure you that compliance with WEEE and
RoHS will not have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.
We Are Liable For C-Cubes Pre-Merger Tax Liabilities,
Including Tax Liabilities Resulting From The Spin-Off Of Its
Semiconductor Business.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger tax liabilities.
As of December 31, 2004, approximately $15.8 million
of pre-merger tax liabilities remained outstanding and are
included in accrued liabilities. We are working with LSI Logic,
which acquired C-Cubes spun-off semiconductor business in
June 2001 and assumed its obligations, to develop an approach to
settle these obligations, a process which has been underway
since the merger in 2000. These liabilities represent estimates
of C-Cubes pre-merger tax obligations to various tax
authorities in 11 countries. Harmonic paid a further
$5.8 million of these tax obligations in February 2005, but
is unable to predict when the remaining tax obligations will be
paid, or in what amount. The full amount of the estimated
obligation has been classified as a current liability. To the
extent that these obligations are finally settled for less than
the amounts provided, Harmonic is required, under the terms of
the merger agreement, to refund the difference to LSI Logic.
Conversely, if the settlements are more than the
$10.0 million pre-merger tax liability after the February
2005 payments, LSI Logic is obligated to reimburse Harmonic.
The merger agreement stipulates that Harmonic will be
indemnified by the spun-off semiconductor business if the cash
reserves are not sufficient to satisfy all of C-Cubes tax
liabilities for periods prior to the merger. If for any reason,
the spun-off semiconductor business does not have sufficient
cash to pay such taxes, or if there are additional taxes due
with respect to the non-semiconductor business and Harmonic
cannot be indemnified by LSI Logic, Harmonic generally will
remain liable, and such liability could have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows.
We May Be Subject To Risks Associated With Other
Acquisitions.
We have made, continue to consider making and may make
investments in complementary companies, products or
technologies. For example, on February 25, 2005, we
acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Broadcast
Technologies Ltd., a private U.K. company. In connection with
this and other acquisition transactions, we could have
difficulty assimilating or retaining the acquired
companies key personnel and operations, integrating the
acquired technology or products into ours or complying with
internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as a
result of an acquisition. We also may face challenges in
achieving the strategic objectives, cost savings or other
benefits from these proposed acquisitions and difficulties in
expanding our management information systems to accommodate the
acquired business. These difficulties could disrupt our ongoing
business, distract our management and employees and
significantly increase our expenses. Moreover, our operating
results may suffer because of acquisition-related expenses,
amortization of intangible assets and impairment of acquired
goodwill or intangible assets. Furthermore, we may have to incur
debt or issue equity securities to pay for any future
acquisitions, or to provide for additional working capital
requirements, the issuance of which could be dilutive to our
existing shareholders. If we are unable to successfully address
any of these risks, our business, financial condition or
operating results could be harmed.
Cessation Of The Development And Production Of Video Encoding
Chips By C-Cubes Spun-off Semiconductor Business May
Adversely Impact Us.
The DiviCom business and C-Cube semiconductor business (acquired
by LSI Logic in June 2001) collaborated on the production and
development of two video encoding microelectronic chips prior to
the merger. In connection with the merger, Harmonic and the
spun-off semiconductor business entered into a contractual
relationship under which Harmonic has access to certain of the
spun-off semiconductor business technologies and products which
the DiviCom business previously depended for its product and
service offerings. The current term of this agreement is through
October 2005, with automatic annual renewal unless terminated by
either party in accordance with the
41
agreement provisions. The spun-off semiconductor business is the
sole supplier of these chips to Harmonic. Several of these
products continue to be important to our business, and we have
incorporated these chips into additional products that we have
developed. If the spun-off semiconductor business is not able to
or does not sustain its development and production efforts in
this area our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flow could be harmed.
Our Failure To Adequately Protect Our Proprietary Rights May
Adversely Affect Us.
We currently hold 39 issued U.S. patents and 19 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition, effective patent, copyright
and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do
business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products for digital applications, we may be required to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements with
third parties. Although many companies are often willing to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements, we
cannot assure you that such agreements will be negotiated on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements, when necessary,
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and
could cause our business to suffer.
We Or Our Customers May Face Intellectual Property
Infringement Claims From Third Parties.
Harmonics industry is characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent claims and related
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. In particular, leading companies in the
telecommunications industry have extensive patent portfolios.
From time to time, third parties, including these leading
companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive patent,
copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights
against us or our customers. Indeed, a number of third parties,
including leading companies, have asserted patent rights to
technologies that are important to us.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4,859,016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, royalties
and damages. Harmonic has not been served in the case. Harmonic
continues to evaluate its position with respect to this patent
and has engaged in discussions with the plaintiff regarding
potential settlement of the matter. At this time, Harmonic is
unable to determine whether Harmonic will be able to settle this
matter on reasonable terms or at all, nor can Harmonic predict
the impact of an adverse outcome of this litigation if Harmonic
elects to defend against it. Consequently, Harmonic has made no
provision in its financial statements for the outcome of a
negotiated
42
settlement or an unfavorable verdict in litigation. An
unfavorable outcome of this matter could have a material adverse
effect on Harmonics business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
Our suppliers and customers may receive similar claims. We have
agreed to indemnify some of our suppliers and customers for
alleged patent infringement. The scope of this indemnity varies,
but, in some instances, includes indemnification for damages and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees).
We Are The Subject Of Securities Class Action Claims And
Other Litigation Which, If Adversely Determined, Could Harm Our
Business And Operating Results.
Between June 28 and August 25, 2000, several actions
alleging violations of the federal securities laws by Harmonic
and certain of its officers and directors (some of whom are no
longer with Harmonic) were filed in or removed to the
U.S. District Court for the Northern District of
California. The actions subsequently were consolidated.
A consolidated complaint, filed on December 7, 2000, was
brought on behalf of a purported class of persons who purchased
Harmonics publicly traded securities between January 19
and June 26, 2000. The complaint also alleged claims on
behalf of a purported subclass of persons who purchased C-Cube
securities between January 19 and May 3, 2000. In addition
to Harmonic and certain of its officers and directors, the
complaint also named C-Cube Microsystems Inc. and several of its
officers and directors as defendants. The complaint alleged
that, by making false or misleading statements regarding
Harmonics prospects and customers and its acquisition of
C-Cube, certain defendants violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The complaint also alleged
that certain defendants violated section 14(a) of the
Exchange Act and sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the
Securities Act of 1933 by filing a false or misleading
registration statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in
connection with the C-Cube acquisition.
On July 3, 2001, the Court dismissed the consolidated
complaint with leave to amend. An amended complaint alleging the
same claims against the same defendants was filed on
August 13, 2001. Defendants moved to dismiss the amended
complaint on September 24, 2001. On November 13, 2002,
the Court issued an opinion granting the motions to dismiss the
amended complaint without leave to amend. Judgment for
defendants was entered on December 2, 2002. On
December 12, 2002, plaintiffs filed a motion to amend
the judgment and for leave to file an amended complaint pursuant
to Rules 59(e) and 15(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure. On June 6, 2003, the Court denied
plaintiffs motion to amend the judgment and for leave to
file an amended complaint. Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal
on July 1, 2003. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Ninth Circuit heard oral arguments on February 17, 2005,
but has not ruled on the appeal yet.
A derivative action purporting to be on behalf of Harmonic was
filed against its then-current directors in the Superior Court
for the County of Santa Clara on September 5, 2000.
Harmonic also was named as a nominal defendant. The complaint is
based on allegations similar to those found in the securities
class action and claims that the defendants breached their
fiduciary duties by, among other things, causing Harmonic to
violate federal securities laws. The derivative action was
removed to the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California on September 20, 2000. All deadlines
in this action were stayed pending resolution of the motions to
dismiss the securities class action. On July 29, 2003, the
Court approved the parties stipulation to dismiss this
derivative action without prejudice and to toll the applicable
limitations period. The limitations period is tolled until
fourteen days after (1) defendants provide plaintiff with a
copy of the mandate issued by the Ninth Circuit in the
securities action or (2) either party provides written
notice of termination of the tolling period, whichever is first.
A second derivative action purporting to be on behalf of
Harmonic was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara on May 15, 2003. It alleges facts similar
to those previously alleged in the securities class action and
the federal derivative action. The complaint names as defendants
former and current Harmonic officers and directors, along with
former officers and directors of C-Cube Microsystems, Inc., who
were named in the securities class action. The complaint also
names Harmonic as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges
claims for abuse of control, gross mismanagement, and waste of
corporate assets against the Harmonic defendants, and claims for
breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and negligent
misrepresentation against all defendants. On July 22, 2003,
the Court approved the parties stipulation to stay the
case pending resolution of the appeal in the securities class
action. Although the parties initially agreed in principle to a
dismissal without prejudice on similar terms as in the federal
43
derivative action, after further discussion, the parties decided
that the stay currently in place suffices to protect their
respective interests.
Based on its review of the complaints filed in the securities
class action, Harmonic believes that it has meritorious defenses
and intends to defend itself vigorously. There can be no
assurance, however, that Harmonic will prevail. No estimate can
be made of the possible range of loss associated with the
resolution of this contingency and accordingly, Harmonic has not
recorded a liability. An unfavorable outcome of this litigation
could have a material adverse effect on Harmonics
business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4,859,016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, royalties
and damages. Harmonic has not been served in the case. Harmonic
is currently evaluating its position with respect to this patent
and has engaged in discussions with the plaintiff regarding
potential settlement of the matter. At this time, we are unable
to determine whether we will be able to settle this litigation
on reasonable terms or at all, nor can we predict the impact of
an adverse outcome of this litigation if we elect to defend
against it. No estimate can be made of the possible range of
loss associated with the resolution of this contingency and
accordingly, we have not recorded a liability associated with
the outcome of a negotiated settlement or an unfavorable verdict
in litigation. An unfavorable outcome of this matter could have
a material adverse effect on Harmonics business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
The Terrorist Attacks Of 2001 And The Ongoing Threat Of
Terrorism Have Created Great Uncertainty And May Continue To
Harm Our Business.
Current conditions in the U.S. and global economies are
uncertain. The terrorist attacks in 2001 created many economic
and political uncertainties that have severely impacted the
global economy. We experienced a further decline in demand for
our products after the attacks. The long-term effects of the
attacks, the situation in Iraq and the ongoing war on terrorism
on our business and on the global economy remain unknown.
Moreover, the potential for future terrorist attacks has created
additional uncertainty and makes it difficult to estimate how
quickly the U.S. and other economies will recover and our
business will improve.
We Rely On A Continuous Power Supply To Conduct Our
Operations, And Any Electrical And Natural Gas Crisis Could
Disrupt Our Operations And Increase Our Expenses.
We rely on a continuous power supply for manufacturing and to
conduct our business operations. Interruptions in electrical
power supplies in California in the early part of 2001 could
recur in the future. In addition, the cost of electricity and
natural gas has risen significantly. Power outages could disrupt
our manufacturing and business operations and those of many of
our suppliers, and could cause us to fail to meet production
schedules and commitments to customers and other third parties.
Any disruption to our operations or those of our suppliers could
result in damage to our current and prospective business
relationships and could result in lost revenue and additional
expenses, thereby harming our business and operating results.
Our Stock Price May Be Volatile.
The market price of our common stock has fluctuated
significantly in the past, and is likely to fluctuate in the
future. In addition, the securities markets have experienced
significant price and volume fluctuations and the market prices
of the securities of technology companies have been especially
volatile. Investors may be unable to resell their shares of our
common stock at or above their purchase price. In the past,
companies that have experienced volatility in the market price
of their stock have been the object of securities class action
litigation.
44
Some Anti-Takeover Provisions Contained In Our Certificate Of
Incorporation, Bylaws And Stockholder Rights Plan, As Well As
Provisions Of Delaware Law, Could Impair A Takeover Attempt.
Harmonic has provisions in its certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, each of which could have the effect of rendering more
difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by
the Harmonic Board of Directors. These include provisions:
|
|
|
authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued
with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to
Harmonic common stock; |
|
|
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to,
directors and officers; |
|
|
limiting the ability of Harmonic stockholders to call and bring
business before special meetings; |
|
|
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business
to be conducted at meetings of Harmonic stockholders and for
nominations of candidates for election to the Harmonic Board of
Directors; |
|
|
controlling the procedures for conduct and scheduling of Board
and stockholder meetings; and |
|
|
providing the board of directors with the express power to
postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel
previously scheduled special meetings. |
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile
takeovers and changes in control or management of Harmonic.
In addition, Harmonic has adopted a stockholder rights plan. The
rights are not intended to prevent a takeover of Harmonic, and
we believe these rights will help Harmonics negotiations
with any potential acquirers. However, if the Board of Directors
believes that a particular acquisition is undesirable, the
rights may have the effect of rendering more difficult or
discouraging that acquisition. The rights would cause
substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to
acquire Harmonic on terms or in a manner not approved by the
Harmonic Board of Directors, except pursuant to an offer
conditioned upon redemption of the rights.
As a Delaware corporation, Harmonic also is subject to
provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some
stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common
stock from engaging in certain business combinations without
approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding
common stock.
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, our
stockholder rights plan or Delaware law that has the effect of
delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the
opportunity for Harmonic stockholders to receive a premium for
their shares of Harmonic common stock, and could also affect the
price that some investors are willing to pay for Harmonic common
stock.
|
|
Item 7A. |
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk |
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact the
operating results, financial position, or liquidity of Harmonic
due to adverse changes in market prices and rates. Harmonic is
exposed to market risk because of changes in interest rates and
foreign currency exchange rates as measured against the
U.S. Dollar and currencies of Harmonics subsidiaries.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Harmonic has a number of international subsidiaries each of
whose sales are generally denominated in U.S. dollars.
Sales denominated in foreign currencies were approximately 4% of
net sales in 2004. In addition, the Company has various
international branch offices that provide sales support and
systems integration services. Periodically, Harmonic enters into
foreign currency forward exchange contracts (forward
contracts) to manage exposure related to accounts
receivable denominated in foreign currencies. Harmonic does not
enter into derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. At December 31, 2004, we had a forward exchange
contract to sell Euros totaling $0.9 million that matures
within the first quarter of 2005. While Harmonic does not
anticipate that near-term changes in exchange rates will have a
material impact on Harmonics operating results, financial
position and liquidity, Harmonic
45
cannot assure you that a sudden and significant change in the
value of local currencies would not harm Harmonics
operating results, financial position and liquidity.
Interest Rate Risk
Exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relate
primarily to Harmonics investment portfolio of marketable
debt securities of various issuers, types and maturities and to
Harmonics borrowings under its bank line of credit
facility. Harmonic does not use derivative instruments in its
investment portfolio, and its investment portfolio only includes
highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of less than
two years. These investments are classified as available for
sale and are carried at estimated fair value, with material
unrealized gains and losses reported in other comprehensive
income. There is risk that losses could be incurred if Harmonic
were to sell any of its securities prior to stated maturity. A
10% change in interest rates would not have had a material
impact on financial conditions, results of operations or cash
flows for either 2004 or 2003.
|
|
Item 8. |
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the
risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate. We assessed the effectiveness of
Harmonics internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2004. In making this assessment, we used the
criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal
Control Integrated Framework. Based on our
assessment using those criteria, we concluded that as of
December 31, 2004, Harmonics internal control over
financial reporting was effective. Our managements
assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears
on page 48 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
a) Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
48 |
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 2004, and 2003
|
|
|
50 |
|
Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and
2002
|
|
|
51 |
|
Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders Equity for the years ended December 31,
2004, 2003, and 2002
|
|
|
52 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002
|
|
|
53 |
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
b) |
Financial Statement Schedules: |
Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the
information is not required to be set forth herein, is not
applicable or is included in the financial statements or notes
thereto.
46
|
|
c) |
Selected Quarterly Financial Data: The following table sets
forth for the period indicated selected quarterly financial data
for the Company. |
Quarterly Data (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
4th |
|
3rd |
|
2nd |
|
1st |
|
4th |
|
3rd |
|
2nd |
|
1st |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) |
Quarterly Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
85,579 |
|
|
$ |
50,610 |
|
|
$ |
57,011 |
|
|
$ |
55,106 |
|
|
$ |
56,329 |
|
|
$ |
47,253 |
|
|
$ |
41,653 |
|
|
$ |
37,041 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
39,773 |
|
|
|
20,538 |
|
|
|
22,296 |
|
|
|
21,887 |
|
|
|
22,444 |
|
|
|
14,660 |
|
|
|
12,752 |
|
|
|
10,747 |
|
Income (loss) from operations(1)
|
|
|
9,964 |
|
|
|
(4,161 |
) |
|
|
(1,477 |
) |
|
|
(2,890 |
) |
|
|
838 |
|
|
|
(7,611 |
) |
|
|
(12,020 |
) |
|
|
(11,752 |
) |
Net income (loss)(1)
|
|
|
10,158 |
|
|
|
(4,238 |
) |
|
|
(1,768 |
) |
|
|
(2,577 |
) |
|
|
1,370 |
|
|
|
(7,454 |
) |
|
|
(11,682 |
) |
|
|
(11,667 |
) |
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.14 |
|
|
|
(0.06 |
) |
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
(0.12 |
) |
|
|
(0.19 |
) |
|
|
(0.19 |
) |
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.14 |
|
|
|
(0.06 |
) |
|
|
(0.02 |
) |
|
|
(0.04 |
) |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
(0.12 |
) |
|
|
(0.19 |
) |
|
|
(0.19 |
) |
|
|
(1) |
The 2004 gross profit, income from operations and net income
include credits to cost of sales of $0.7 million,
$1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $1.0 million in
the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively, for
products sold during the year which had been written down in
prior years. |
The 2003 gross profit, loss from operations and net loss include
credits to cost of sales of $1.1 million,
$1.1 million, $1.1 million, and $1.4 million in
the first, second, third and fourth quarters, respectively, for
products sold during the year which had been written down in
prior years. Operating expenses included credits of
$2.2 million in the fourth quarter from the sale of our
bankruptcy claims in Adelphia Communications resulting in the
reversal of previously recorded bad debt provisions and a
litigation settlement charge of $2.7 million in the fourth
quarter.
47
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Harmonic Inc.:
We have completed an integrated audit of Harmonic Inc.s
2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004
and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial
statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (U.S.). Our opinions, based
on our audits, are presented below.
Consolidated financial statements
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the index appearing under Item 8 (a) present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Harmonic
Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the U.S. of America. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (U.S.). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
Internal control over financial reporting
Also, in our opinion, managements assessment, included in
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting appearing under Item 8, that the Company
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2004 based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects,
based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004,
based on criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Companys
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our
responsibility is to express opinions on managements
assessment and on the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We
conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting
in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (U.S.). Those standards require that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of
internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting,
evaluating managements assessment, testing and evaluating
the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and
performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
48
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
San Jose, California
March 15, 2005
49
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except par value |
|
|
amounts) |
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
26,603 |
|
|
$ |
41,877 |
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
74,004 |
|
|
|
70,720 |
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
64,148 |
|
|
|
37,909 |
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
41,763 |
|
|
|
22,425 |
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
8,504 |
|
|
|
6,815 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
215,022 |
|
|
|
179,746 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
19,611 |
|
|
|
23,458 |
|
Intangibles and other assets
|
|
|
7,723 |
|
|
|
21,522 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$ |
242,356 |
|
|
$ |
224,726 |
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS
EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$ |
1,067 |
|
|
$ |
1,027 |
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
22,381 |
|
|
|
14,863 |
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
7,099 |
|
|
|
6,935 |
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
15,469 |
|
|
|
11,712 |
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
51,894 |
|
|
|
49,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
97,910 |
|
|
|
84,357 |
|
Long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
1,272 |
|
|
|
629 |
|
Accrued excess facilities costs,
long-term
|
|
|
24,085 |
|
|
|
28,627 |
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
8,532 |
|
|
|
4,952 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
131,799 |
|
|
|
118,565 |
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
(Notes 15 and 16)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par
value, 5,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par
value, 150,000 shares authorized; 72,286 and
71,240 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
Capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
2,039,738 |
|
|
|
2,036,522 |
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(1,928,984) |
|
|
|
(1,930,558) |
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss)
|
|
|
(269) |
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
110,557 |
|
|
|
106,161 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders equity
|
|
$ |
242,356 |
|
|
$ |
224,726 |
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
50
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share |
|
|
data) |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
248,306 |
|
|
$ |
182,276 |
|
|
$ |
186,632 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
143,811 |
|
|
|
121,673 |
|
|
|
132,203 |
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
104,495 |
|
|
|
60,603 |
|
|
|
54,429 |
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
35,585 |
|
|
|
35,107 |
|
|
|
40,829 |
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
59,742 |
|
|
|
48,309 |
|
|
|
81,427 |
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
7,732 |
|
|
|
7,732 |
|
|
|
9,522 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
103,059 |
|
|
|
91,148 |
|
|
|
131,778 |
|
|
|
|
Income/(loss) from operations
|
|
|
1,436 |
|
|
|
(30,545) |
|
|
|
(77,349) |
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
1,554 |
|
|
|
460 |
|
|
|
1,096 |
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(827) |
|
|
|
952 |
|
|
|
(165) |
|
|
|
|
Income/(loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
2,163 |
|
|
|
(29,133) |
|
|
|
(76,418) |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
500 |
|
|
|
|
Net income/(loss)
|
|
$ |
1,574 |
|
|
$ |
(29,433) |
|
|
$ |
(76,918) |
|
|
|
|
Net income/(loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
(0.47) |
|
|
$ |
(1.29) |
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
(0.47) |
|
|
$ |
(1.29) |
|
|
|
|
Shares used to compute net
income/(loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,015 |
|
|
|
62,288 |
|
|
|
59,779 |
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
73,043 |
|
|
|
62,288 |
|
|
|
59,779 |
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
51
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
Capital in |
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of Par |
|
Accumulated |
|
Comprehensive |
|
Stockholders |
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
Value |
|
Deficit |
|
Income (Loss) |
|
Equity |
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Balance at December 31, 2001
|
|
|
59,063 |
|
|
$ |
59 |
|
|
$ |
1,959,043 |
|
|
$ |
(1,824,207) |
|
|
$ |
159 |
|
|
$ |
135,054 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,918) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76,918) |
|
|
$ |
(76,918) |
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(145) |
|
|
|
(145) |
|
|
|
(145) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(77,063) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under
option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,001 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
3,769 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,770 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
|
60,064 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
1,963,234 |
|
|
|
(1,901,125) |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
62,183 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29,433) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29,433) |
|
|
$ |
(29,433) |
|
Unrealized gain on investments, net
of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(29,321) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under
option and purchase plans
|
|
|
826 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1,822 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,823 |
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock in public
offering, net
|
|
|
10,350 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
71,417 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71,427 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
71,240 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
2,036,522 |
|
|
|
(1,930,558) |
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
106,161 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,574 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,574 |
|
|
$ |
1,574 |
|
Unrealized loss on investments, net
of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(287) |
|
|
|
(287) |
|
|
|
(287) |
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108) |
|
|
|
(108) |
|
|
|
(108) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,179 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under
option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,046 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
3,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,194 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
72,286 |
|
|
$ |
72 |
|
|
$ |
2,039,738 |
|
|
$ |
(1,928,984) |
|
|
$ |
(269) |
|
|
$ |
110,557 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
52
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Cash flows from operating
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
1,574 |
|
|
$ |
(29,433) |
|
|
$ |
(76,918) |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income
(loss) to net cash used in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
13,894 |
|
|
|
13,894 |
|
|
|
18,648 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,408 |
|
|
|
12,274 |
|
|
|
15,735 |
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
Benefit from excess and obsolete
inventories
|
|
|
(4,037) |
|
|
|
(4,672) |
|
|
|
(6,932) |
|
|
Impairment and loss on disposal of
fixed assets
|
|
|
1,002 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
856 |
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(26,490) |
|
|
|
(13,598) |
|
|
|
8,246 |
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(15,296) |
|
|
|
8,188 |
|
|
|
11,907 |
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(1,804) |
|
|
|
(355) |
|
|
|
4,629 |
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
7,518 |
|
|
|
7,605 |
|
|
|
(3,038) |
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
6,160 |
|
|
|
2,743 |
|
|
|
2,390 |
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
339 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,126 |
|
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
3,933 |
|
|
|
4,585 |
|
|
|
(4,383) |
|
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs
|
|
|
(5,246) |
|
|
|
(6,927) |
|
|
|
18,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating
activities
|
|
|
(9,022) |
|
|
|
(5,559) |
|
|
|
(5,404) |
|
|
|
|
Cash flows used in investing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(85,457) |
|
|
|
(67,914) |
|
|
|
(27,874) |
|
|
Proceeds from sales of investments
|
|
|
81,710 |
|
|
|
24,909 |
|
|
|
18,498 |
|
|
Acquisition of property and
equipment, net
|
|
|
(6,318) |
|
|
|
(3,364) |
|
|
|
(3,292) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(10,065) |
|
|
|
(46,369) |
|
|
|
(12,668) |
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common
stock, net
|
|
|
3,194 |
|
|
|
73,251 |
|
|
|
3,770 |
|
|
Borrowings under bank line and term
loan
|
|
|
1,904 |
|
|
|
1,001 |
|
|
|
1,274 |
|
|
Repayments under bank line and term
loan
|
|
|
(1,221) |
|
|
|
(1,917) |
|
|
|
(1,448) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
3,877 |
|
|
|
72,335 |
|
|
|
3,596 |
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on
cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(64) |
|
|
|
(72) |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents
|
|
|
(15,274) |
|
|
|
20,335 |
|
|
|
(14,463) |
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period
|
|
|
41,877 |
|
|
|
21,542 |
|
|
|
36,005 |
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period
|
|
$ |
26,603 |
|
|
$ |
41,877 |
|
|
$ |
21,542 |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash
flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payments (refunds), net
|
|
$ |
479 |
|
|
$ |
211 |
|
|
$ |
(3,759) |
|
|
Interest paid during the period
|
|
$ |
103 |
|
|
$ |
154 |
|
|
$ |
307 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
53
HARMONIC INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1: Organization, Basis of Presentation and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Harmonic designs, manufactures and sells a variety of broadband
solutions that allow communications service providers around the
world to deliver video, voice and data to their subscribers.
Harmonics technically advanced fiber optic, digital video
and data delivery systems enable network operators to provide a
range of interactive and advanced digital services that include
digital video, high-speed Internet access, telephony, high
definition television (HDTV), video and audio streaming, and
video-on-demand (VOD).
Prior to 1997, almost all of our sales were derived directly or
indirectly from sales of fiber optic transmission systems to
cable television operators. With the introduction of our digital
headend products beginning in 1997, we broadened our product
offering to enable delivery of digital video, voice and data
over satellite and wireless networks and cable systems.
In order to further expand our digital systems capability,
Harmonic acquired C-Cube Microsystems Inc. in May 2000, pursuant
to the terms of a merger agreement dated October 27, 1999.
Under the terms of the merger agreement, C-Cube spun off its
semiconductor business as a separate publicly traded company,
which was acquired by LSI Logic in June 2001. C-Cube then merged
into Harmonic and Harmonic, therefore, acquired C-Cubes
DiviCom business, which provides encoding products and systems
for digital television. The merger was structured as a tax-free
exchange of stock and accounted for under the purchase method of
accounting. The purchase price, including merger-related costs,
was approximately $1.8 billion. As of December 31,
2000, Harmonic recorded an impairment charge of
$1.4 billion, eliminating goodwill and reducing identified
intangibles to $79.3 million. The merged company has been
organized into two operating divisions, Broadband Access
Networks, or BAN, for fiber optic systems and Convergent
Systems, or CS, for digital headend systems.
Basis of Presentation. The consolidated financial
statements of Harmonic include the financial statements of the
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Harmonics
fiscal quarters end on the Friday nearest the calendar quarter
end, except for the fourth quarter which ends on
December 31.
Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents are
comprised of highly liquid investment-grade investments with
original maturities of three months or less at the date of
purchase. Cash equivalents are stated at amounts that
approximate fair value, based on quoted market prices.
Investments. Harmonics short-term investments
are stated at fair value, and are principally comprised of
corporate debt securities. The Company classifies its
investments as available for sale in accordance with SFAS
No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt
and Equity Securities, and states its investments at
estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported
in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The specific
identification method is used to determine the cost of
securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected
in other income and expense. Investments are anticipated to be
used for current operations and are, therefore, classified as
current assets, even though maturities may extend beyond one
year.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying
value of Harmonics financial instruments, including cash,
cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable,
accounts payable, accrued liabilities and long-term debt
approximate fair value due to their short maturities.
Concentrations of Credit Risk. Financial instruments
which subject Harmonic to concentrations of credit risk consist
primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and
accounts receivable. Cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments are invested in short-term, highly liquid
investment-grade obligations of commercial or
54
governmental issuers, in accordance with Harmonics
investment policy. The investment policy limits the amount of
credit exposure to any one financial institution, commercial or
governmental issuer. Harmonics accounts receivable are
derived from sales to cable, satellite, and other network
operators and distributors. Harmonic generally does not require
collateral and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers and provides for expected losses. Harmonic maintains
an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected
collectibility of its accounts receivable.
Revenue Recognition. Harmonics principal
sources of revenue are from hardware products, software
products, solution sales, services and hardware and software
maintenance agreements. Harmonic recognizes revenue when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred or services have been provided, the sale price is fixed
or determinable, collectibility is reasonably assured, and risk
of loss and title have transferred to the customer.
Revenue from product sales, excluding the revenue generated from
related solutions sales, which are discussed below, is generally
recognized upon shipment, or once all applicable criteria have
been met. Allowances are provided for estimated returns,
discounts and trade-ins. Such allowances are adjusted
periodically to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Revenue on solution sales, which principally consist of and
include the design, manufacture, test, integration and
installation of equipment to the specifications of
Harmonics customers, including equipment acquired from
third parties to be integrated with Harmonics products, is
generally recognized using the percentage of completion method.
Under the percentage of completion method, revenue recognized
reflects the portion of the anticipated contract revenue that
has been earned, equal to the ratio of labor costs expended to
date to anticipated final labor costs, based on current
estimates of labor costs to complete the project. If the
estimated costs to complete a project exceed the total contract
amount, indicating a loss, the entire anticipated loss is
recognized.
Revenue from services, which is primarily from maintenance
agreements, is generally recognized ratably as the services are
performed or based on contractual terms. The costs associated
with services are recognized as incurred. Maintenance services
are recognized ratably over the maintenance term, which is
typically one year. The unrecognized revenue portion of
maintenance agreements billed is recorded as deferred revenue.
Certain agreements also include multiple deliverables or
elements for products, software and/or services. Harmonic
recognizes revenue from these agreements based on the relative
fair value of the products and services and when revenue
recognition criteria are met. The determination of the fair
value of the elements is based on a number of factors, including
the amount charged to other customers for products or services,
price lists, or other relevant information. If an undelivered
element is essential to the functionality of the delivered
element or required under the terms of the agreement to be
delivered concurrently, we defer the revenue on the delivered
element until that undelivered element is delivered. In the
absence of fair value for an undelivered element, the
arrangement is accounted for as a single unit of accounting,
resulting in a deferral of revenue recognition for the delivered
elements until the undelivered elements are fulfilled.
Revenue on software products and software-related elements are
recognized, in accordance with SOP No. 97-2, Software
Revenue Recognition. For arrangements that include both
hardware products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on EITF 03-5, Applicability of
AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Non-Software Deliverables in
an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software.
In accordance with the provisions of EITF 03-5, the
arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-related elements are
accounted for as software. Software-related elements include all
non-software deliverables for which a software deliverable is
essential to its functionality. When software arrangements
contain multiple elements and vendor specific objective evidence
of fair value exists for all undelivered elements, Harmonic
accounts for the delivered elements in accordance with the
Residual Method prescribed by SOP No. 98-9.
Fair value of software related elements is based on separate
sales of renewals to other customers or upon renewal rates
quoted in contracts when the quoted renewal rates are deemed to
be substantive.
Deferred revenue includes billings in excess of revenue
recognized, net of deferred cost of sales, and invoiced amounts
remain deferred until applicable revenue recognition criteria
are met.
Revenue from distributors and system integrators is recognized
on delivery provided criteria for revenue recognition has been
met. The Company accrues for sales returns and other allowances
based on its historical experience.
55
Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping and handling
costs incurred for inventory purchases and product shipments are
recorded in Cost of sales in the Consolidated
Statement of Operations.
Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of
cost, using the weighted average method, or market. Harmonic
establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after
evaluation of historical sales and future demand and market
conditions, expected product lifecycles and current inventory
levels to reduce such inventories to their estimated net
realizable value. Such provisions are charged to cost of sales.
Capitalized Software Development Costs. Costs
related to research and development are generally charged to
expense as incurred. Capitalization of material software
development costs begins when a products technological
feasibility has been established in accordance with the
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software
to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed. To date, the
time period between achieving technological feasibility, which
the Company has defined as the establishment of a working model,
which typically occurs when beta testing commences, and the
general availability of such software, has been short, and as
such, software development costs qualifying for capitalization
have been insignificant.
Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are
recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets. Estimated useful lives are 5 years for
furniture and fixtures, and up to 4 years for machinery and
equipment. Depreciation and amortization for leasehold
improvements are computed using the shorter of the remaining
useful lives of the assets up to 10 years or the lease term
of the respective assets. Depreciation and amortization expense
related to equipment and improvements for the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were $9.4 million,
$12.3 million and $15.7 million, respectively. As a
result of a verification in 2004 the Company wrote-off
approximately $0.8 million in net book value.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Intangible assets
represent purchased intangible assets and the excess of
acquisition cost over the fair value of tangible and identified
intangible net assets of businesses acquired, or goodwill.
Purchased intangible assets include customer base, developed
technology, trademark and tradename, and supply agreements. On
January 1, 2002, Harmonic adopted SFAS No. 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, and in
accordance with this statement, the Company reclassified
assembled workforce, net of related deferred tax liabilities, to
goodwill, ceased amortizing goodwill, and performed impairment
tests of goodwill and intangible assets. See Note 3,
Goodwill and Identified Intangibles.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Long-lived assets,
such as other intangibles and property and equipment, are
evaluated for recoverability when indicators of impairment are
present. On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS
No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of
Long-Lived Assets, which addresses financial accounting
and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived
assets. The Company evaluates the recoverability of other
intangible assets and long-lived assets on the basis of
undiscounted cash flows from each asset group. Under SFAS
No. 144, if impairment is indicated, provisions for
impairment are determined based on the fair value, using
discounted cash flows. No impairment losses were incurred in the
periods presented.
Restructuring Costs and Accruals for Excess
Facilities. For restructuring activities initiated
prior to December 31, 2002 Harmonic recorded restructuring
costs when the Company committed to an exit plan and significant
changes to the exit plan were not likely. Harmonic determined
the excess facilities accrual based on estimates of expected
sublease rental income for each excess facility. For
restructuring activities initiated after December 31, 2002,
the Company adopted SFAS No. 146, Accounting for
Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which
requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or
disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair
value only when the liability is incurred.
Accrued warranties. The Company accrues for
estimated warranty at the time of product shipment and records
such accrued liabilities as part of Cost of sales.
Management periodically reviews the estimated fair value of its
warranty liability and adjusts based on the terms of warranties
provided to customers, historical and anticipated warranty
claims experience, and estimates of the timing and cost of
specified warranty claims.
56
Currency Translation. The functional currency of the
Companys Israeli operations is the U.S. dollar. All
other foreign subsidiaries use the respective local currency as
the functional currency. When the local currency is the
functional currency, gains and losses from translation of these
foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are
recorded as a separate component of accumulated other
comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders equity. For
subsidiaries where the functional currency is the
U.S. dollar, gains and losses resulting from re-measuring
foreign currency denominated balances into U.S. dollars are
included in interest and other income, net. Realized gains and
losses on foreign currency transactions are recorded in other
income/(expense) and have been insignificant for all periods
presented.
Income Taxes. Deferred income tax assets and
liabilities are computed annually for differences between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that
will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based
on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which
the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation
allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax
assets to the amount expected to be realized.
Advertising Expenses. Harmonic expenses the cost of
advertising as incurred. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, advertising
expenses were not material to results of operations.
Stock Based Compensation. Harmonic accounts for
employee stock option plans in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board No. 25 (APB 25), Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees, and has adopted the disclosure
requirements under SFAS No. 148, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation Transition and
Disclosure, which was issued in December 2002. If charges
for Harmonics stock plans had been determined based on the
fair value method at the grant dates, as prescribed in SFAS
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, the Companys net loss and net loss per
share would have been as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) |
Net income (loss) as reported
|
|
$ |
1,574 |
|
|
$ |
(29,433) |
|
|
$ |
(76,918) |
|
Deduct: Employee stock expense
included in net income (loss), net of related tax effects
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
372 |
|
Add: Total stock expense determined
under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax
effects
|
|
|
(11,240) |
|
|
|
(10,539) |
|
|
|
(13,216) |
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss
|
|
$ |
(9,666) |
|
|
$ |
(39,972) |
|
|
$ |
(89,762) |
|
|
|
|
Basic and Diluted net income (loss)
per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
(0.47) |
|
|
$ |
(1.29) |
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$ |
(0.13) |
|
|
$ |
(0.64) |
|
|
$ |
(1.50) |
|
|
|
|
The fair value of each grant is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes multiple option pricing model with the
following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock |
|
|
Employee Stock Options |
|
Purchase Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
0.0% |
|
|
|
0.0% |
|
Volatility
|
|
|
123% |
|
|
|
126% |
|
|
|
122% |
|
|
|
87% |
|
|
|
131% |
|
|
|
139% |
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.3% |
|
|
|
2.3% |
|
|
|
3.2% |
|
|
|
2.2% |
|
|
|
1.7% |
|
|
|
3.4% |
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
Comprehensive Income (Loss). Comprehensive income
(loss) includes net loss and other comprehensive income (loss).
Other comprehensive income (loss) includes cumulative
translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale securities. Harmonics comprehensive
income (loss) has been presented in the Consolidated Statement
of Stockholders Equity.
57
Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging
Activities. Harmonic accounts for derivative financial
instruments and hedging contracts in accordance with
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities, and
SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on
Derivative Instruments and Hedging activities, which
require that all derivatives be recognized at fair value in the
statement of financial position, and that the corresponding
gains or losses be reported either in the statement of
operations or as a component of comprehensive income, depending
on the type of hedging relationship that exists.
Periodically, Harmonic enters into foreign currency forward
exchange contracts (forward exchange contracts) to
manage exposure related to accounts receivable denominated in
foreign currencies. The Company does not enter into derivative
financial instruments for trading purposes. At December 31,
2004, the Company had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros
totaling $0.9 million. The foreign exchange contract at the
end of 2004 matures within the first quarter of 2005 and the
fair value of this contract was approximately $0.9 million
as of December 31, 2004. Harmonic had no forward contracts
outstanding as of December 31, 2003.
Reclassification. Certain amounts in prior
years financial statements and related notes have been
reclassified to conform to the 2004 presentation. These
reclassifications have no material impact on previously reported
net (loss), cash flows or total stockholders equity.
|
|
Note 2: |
Recent Accounting Pronouncements |
In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, to amend
the guidance in Chapter 4, Inventory Pricing, of
FASB Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43,
Restatement and Revision of Accounting Research
Bulletins. SFAS 151 clarifies the accounting for
abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling
costs, and wasted material (spoilage) and requires these
costs be treated as current period charges. Additionally,
SFAS 151 requires that allocation of fixed production
overhead to the costs of conversion be based on the normal
capacity of the production facilities. The provisions of
SFAS 151 are effective for inventory costs incurred during
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company is
currently evaluating the impact of SFAS 151 on its
financial position, results of operations and liquidity.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153,
Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets an amendment of APB Opinion
No. 29. SFAS 153 amends the guidance in APB
Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary
Transactions, which is based on the principle that exchanges
of non-monetary assets should be measured based on the fair
value of the assets exchanged, with certain exceptions.
SFAS 153 amends APB Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception
for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and
replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of
nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. A
nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash
flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a
result of the exchange. The provisions of SFAS 153 are
effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal
periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not
currently believe that SFAS 153 will have a significant
impact on its financial condition and results of operations.
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123
(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment. SFAS 123R
is a revision of FASB SFAS 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation and supersedes APB Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,
and its related implementation guidance. Under SFAS 123(R),
the Company will be required to measure the cost of employee
services received in exchange for stock based on the grant-date
fair value (with limited exceptions). That cost will be
recognized over the period during which an employee is required
to provide service in exchange for the award (usually the
vesting period). The fair value will be estimated using an
option-pricing model. SFAS 123(R) is effective as of the
beginning of the first interim or annual reporting period that
begins after June 15, 2005. The Company is currently in the
process of evaluating the impact of SFAS 123(R) on its
financial statements, including different option-pricing models
and which transition method to select.
In March 2004, the FASB issued EITF 03-1, The Meaning
of Other-Than Temporary Impairment and Its Application to
Certain Investments, which provided guidance for assessing
impairment losses on investments. Additionally, EITF 03-1
includes new disclosure requirements for investments that are
deemed to be temporarily impaired. In September 2004, the FASB
delayed the accounting provisions of EITF 03-1; however the
disclosure requirements remain effective for annual periods
ending after June 15, 2004. The Company will evaluate the
impact of EITF 03-1 once final guidance is issued.
58
In December 2004, FASB Staff Position No. FAS 109-2,
Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign
Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs
Creation Act of 2004 (FSP FAS 109-2) was issued,
providing guidance under SFAS 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes for recording the potential impact of the
repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of
2004, enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP FAS 109-2
allows time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment
to evaluate the effects of the Jobs Act before applying the
requirements of FSP FAS 109-2. The Company is currently in
the process of evaluating the potential effects of the Jobs Act
and has not adjusted its tax expense or deferred tax liability
to reflect the requirements of FSP FAS 109-2.
|
|
Note 3: |
Goodwill and Identified Intangibles |
As of January 1, 2002, Harmonic adopted
SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, which requires, among other things, that goodwill
and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be
amortized. In addition, the standard includes provisions for the
reclassification of certain existing recognized intangibles as
goodwill, reassessment of the useful lives of existing
recognized intangibles, and the testing for impairment of
existing goodwill and other intangibles at least annually. Upon
adoption, the Company reassessed the classification of its
goodwill and intangible assets, and reclassified
$0.2 million of assembled workforce, net of accumulated
amortization and tax effects, to goodwill and ceased the
amortization of goodwill.
For purposes of applying SFAS No. 142, management
believes the operating divisions, BAN and CS, represent the
Companys reporting units. CS is the only reporting unit
with goodwill and intangible assets. The Company performed the
transitional goodwill impairment test in the first quarter of
2002 and the annual impairment test of goodwill in the fourth
quarter of 2002, 2003 and 2004. In all instances, the fair value
of CS, which was based on the operations future discounted
cash flows, exceeded its carrying amount, including goodwill,
and therefore, goodwill was determined not to be impaired.
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the
Company recorded a total of $13.9 million,
$13.9 million and $18.7 million, respectively, of
amortization expense for identified intangibles, of which
$6.2 million, $6.2 million and $9.1 million,
respectively, was included in cost of sales. Estimated future
amortization expense for identified intangibles is
$4.6 million for 2005, of which $2.1 million will be
included in cost of sales. The following is a summary of
goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2004 and
December 31, 2003:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2004 |
|
|
|
December 31, 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
Gross Carrying |
|
Accumulated |
|
Net Carrying |
|
|
|
Carrying |
|
Accumulated |
|
Net Carrying |
|
|
Amount |
|
Amortization |
|
Amount |
|
|
|
Amount |
|
Amortization |
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Identified intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developed core technology
|
|
$ |
29,059 |
|
|
$ |
(27,220) |
|
|
$ |
1,839 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
29,059 |
|
|
$ |
(21,703) |
|
|
$ |
7,356 |
|
|
Customer base
|
|
|
33,295 |
|
|
|
(31,000) |
|
|
|
2,295 |
|
|
|
|
|
33,295 |
|
|
|
(24,112) |
|
|
|
9,183 |
|
|
Trademark and tradename
|
|
|
4,076 |
|
|
|
(3,794) |
|
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,076 |
|
|
|
(2,949) |
|
|
|
1,127 |
|
|
Supply agreement
|
|
|
3,107 |
|
|
|
(2,892) |
|
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,107 |
|
|
|
(2,248) |
|
|
|
859 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal of identified intangibles
|
|
|
69,537 |
|
|
|
(64,906) |
|
|
|
4,631 |
|
|
|
|
|
69,537 |
|
|
|
(51,012) |
|
|
|
18,525 |
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,780 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,780 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,780 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,780 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill and other intangibles
|
|
$ |
71,317 |
|
|
$ |
(64,906) |
|
|
$ |
6,411 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
71,317 |
|
|
$ |
(51,012) |
|
|
$ |
20,305 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 4: |
Restructuring, Excess Facilities and Inventory Provisions |
In response to a significant reduction in industry spending,
principally weak cable spending on transmission upgrades and the
resulting adverse impact on Harmonics operating results
during 2001, the Company implemented a series of measures to
control costs and improve operating efficiencies. These measures
included three work force reductions during 2001, reducing its
workforce by approximately 30%, for which the Company recorded
and paid severance and other costs of $2.5 million.
59
In conjunction with the 2001 cost control measures, Harmonic
evaluated its facility requirements and committed to a plan to
exit excess facilities and consolidate its operations,
principally on Harmonics Sunnyvale, California campus.
During 2001, Harmonic recorded a charge for fixed asset
impairment of $8.3 million and excess facilities costs of
$21.8 million for a combined total of $30.1 million to
selling, general and administrative expenses. The fixed asset
impairment of $8.3 million for unrecoverable leasehold
improvements was recorded as a reduction of property, plant and
equipment. The excess facilities charge of $22.3 million
was offset by $0.5 million of deferred rent and was based
on future facilities costs over the estimated vacancy period,
reduced by estimated sublease income.
As a result of uncertain market conditions and lower sales
during the second half of 2002, the Company implemented further
workforce reductions of approximately 120 full-time
employees. Harmonic recorded severance and other costs totaling
$1.5 million and paid $1.1 million during 2002 and
$0.4 million during 2003 associated with these actions. At
December 31, 2003, remaining accrued severance costs were
$34 thousand and were paid during 2004.
In addition to the work force reductions in the second half of
2002, management reassessed the accrual for the costs of excess
facilities in light of the Companys reduced headcount,
difficult business conditions, and a weak local commercial real
estate market, and changed its estimates with regard to the
expected timing and amount of sublease income due to the
substantial and growing surplus of vacant commercial space in
the San Francisco Bay Area. Harmonic recorded an additional
excess facilities charge of $22.5 million, net of sublease
income, to selling, general and administrative expenses for
facilities that Harmonic did not intend to occupy. As of
December 31, 2003, accrued excess facilities cost totaled
$34.7 million of which $6.1 million was included in
current accrued liabilities and $28.6 million in other
non-current liabilities. The Company incurred cash outlays of
$5.5 million during 2003 principally for lease payments,
property taxes, insurance and other maintenance fees related to
vacated facilities. As of December 31, 2004, accrued excess
facilities cost totaled $29.4 million of which
$5.3 million was included in current accrued liabilities
and $24.1 million in other non-current liabilities. The
Company incurred cash outlays of $5.2 million, net of
$0.1 million of sublease income, during 2004 principally
for lease payments, property taxes, insurance and other
maintenance fees related to vacated facilities. In 2005,
Harmonic expects to pay approximately $5.3 million of
excess facility lease costs, net of estimated sublease income,
and to pay the remaining $24.1 million, net of estimated
sublease income, over the remaining lease terms through
September 2010.
Harmonic plans to reassess this liability quarterly and adjust
as necessary based on changes in the timing and amounts of
expected sublease rental income. The review performed in the
third quarter of 2003 resulted in the liability being decreased
by $3.3 million due to a revision in the assumptions as to
the unoccupied portion of a building. The Company removed
approximately 12,000 square feet of space from the excess
facilities portfolio in order to eliminate a third-party offsite
storage arrangement. Based on the remaining lease term of
84 months, this removal resulted in a reduction of
$3.3 million in the required excess facilities reserve.
This revision was offset by a correction of straight-line rent
expense of $2.3 million as a result of a lease extension on
another building. This lease extension was a condition of
leasing three additional buildings at corporate headquarters and
resulted in all leases terminating in September 2010. The
deferred rent liability was not adjusted for the change in lease
term resulting in an understatement of rent expense and the
deferred rent liability at December 31, 2001, 2002 and
2003. Because the effect of the correction on any quarter or
year was not material to these results of operations and
financial position, the non-cash adjustment was recorded in 2003.
If facilities rental rates continue to decrease in these markets
or if it takes longer than expected to sublease these
facilities, the maximum amount by which the actual loss could
exceed the December 31, 2004 balance is approximately
$0.8 million.
60
The following table summarizes restructuring activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Workforce |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction |
|
Excess Facilities |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2003
|
|
$ |
414 |
|
|
$ |
41,594 |
|
|
$ |
42,008 |
|
Provisions
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
(1,404) |
|
|
|
(1,389) |
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(395) |
|
|
|
(5,523) |
|
|
|
(5,918) |
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
34,667 |
|
|
|
34,701 |
|
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease
income
|
|
|
(34) |
|
|
|
(5,246) |
|
|
|
(5,280) |
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
29,421 |
|
|
$ |
29,421 |
|
|
|
|
Note 5: Cash, Cash Equivalents and Investments
At December 31, 2004 and 2003, cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
26,603 |
|
|
$ |
41,877 |
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than one year
|
|
|
49,373 |
|
|
|
38,031 |
|
|
Due in 1-2 years
|
|
|
24,631 |
|
|
|
32,689 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
74,004 |
|
|
|
70,720 |
|
|
|
|
Total cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments
|
|
$ |
100,607 |
|
|
$ |
112,597 |
|
|
|
|
The following is a summary of available-for-sale securities (in
thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized |
|
Unrealized |
|
Estimated |
|
|
Amortized Cost |
|
Gains |
|
Losses |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government debt securities
|
|
$ |
23,526 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(111 |
) |
|
$ |
23,415 |
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
43,341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(252 |
) |
|
|
43,089 |
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
7,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
74,367 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(363 |
) |
|
$ |
74,004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government debt securities
|
|
$ |
12,988 |
|
|
$ |
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
13,058 |
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
23,932 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
$ |
(10 |
) |
|
|
23,962 |
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
33,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
70,620 |
|
|
$ |
110 |
|
|
$ |
(10 |
) |
|
$ |
70,720 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The decline in value of these investments is primarily related
to changes in interest rates and is considered to be temporary
in nature.
61
Note 6: Accounts Receivable and Allowances for
Doubtful Accounts, Returns, Discounts and Trade-Ins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Accounts receivable
|
|
$ |
69,274 |
|
|
$ |
43,227 |
|
Less: allowance for doubtful
accounts, returns and discounts
|
|
|
(5,126) |
|
|
|
(5,318) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
64,148 |
|
|
$ |
37,909 |
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and
do not bear interest. Harmonic generally does not require
collateral and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers and provides for expected losses. Harmonic maintains
an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected
collectibility of its accounts receivable. The expectation of
collectibility is based on its review of credit profiles of
customers contractual terms and conditions, current
economic trends and historical payment experience. At
December 31, 2004, receivables from two customers
represented 22% and 12% of total receivables. At
December 31, 2003, receivables from two customers
represented 21% and 14% of total receivables.
The following is a summary of activities in allowances for
doubtful accounts, returns and discounts for the periods
indicated (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at |
|
Charges to |
|
Charges to |
|
Deduction from |
|
Balance at End of |
|
|
Beginning of Period |
|
Revenue |
|
Expense |
|
Reserves |
|
Period |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
2004
|
|
$ |
5,318 |
|
|
$ |
5,336 |
|
|
$ |
(242) |
|
|
$ |
(5,286) |
|
|
$ |
5,126 |
|
2003
|
|
|
6,641 |
|
|
|
2,721 |
|
|
|
(4,269) |
|
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
5,318 |
|
2002
|
|
$ |
8,595 |
|
|
$ |
2,272 |
|
|
$ |
3,576 |
|
|
$ |
(7,802) |
|
|
$ |
6,641 |
|
62
Note 7: Balance Sheet Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Inventories:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$ |
13,171 |
|
|
$ |
9,594 |
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
4,085 |
|
|
|
1,135 |
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
24,507 |
|
|
|
11,696 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
41,763 |
|
|
$ |
22,425 |
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
$ |
6,856 |
|
|
$ |
7,470 |
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
52,148 |
|
|
|
84,261 |
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
26,354 |
|
|
|
25,792 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,358 |
|
|
|
117,523 |
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
(65,747) |
|
|
|
(94,065) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
19,611 |
|
|
$ |
23,458 |
|
|
|
|
Intangibles and other assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identified intangibles, net of
amortization
|
|
$ |
4,631 |
|
|
$ |
18,525 |
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,780 |
|
|
|
1,780 |
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,312 |
|
|
|
1,217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,723 |
|
|
$ |
21,522 |
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-merger tax liability and other
taxes
|
|
$ |
19,827 |
|
|
$ |
25,029 |
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
13,710 |
|
|
|
6,356 |
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
5,429 |
|
|
|
4,886 |
|
|
Accrued excess facilities
costs current
|
|
|
5,336 |
|
|
|
6,040 |
|
|
Capital lease
obligations current
|
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7,508 |
|
|
|
7,509 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
51,894 |
|
|
$ |
49,820 |
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent liability
|
|
$ |
5,967 |
|
|
$ |
4,952 |
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
2,403 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8,532 |
|
|
$ |
4,952 |
|
|
|
|
Note 8: Net Loss Per Share
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss
attributable to common stockholders for the period by the
weighted average number of the common shares outstanding during
the period. Diluted net loss per share is the same as the basic
net loss per share for 2003 and 2002 because potential common
shares, such as common shares issuable upon the exercise of
stock options, are only considered when their effect would be
dilutive. In 2004, 2003 and 2002, 6,974,215, 6,977,019 and
7,418,456 of weighted average antidilutive securities, including
options, were excluded from the net income (loss) per share
computations, respectively, because their effect is antidilutive.
63
Following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators
of the basic and diluted net loss per share computations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data) |
Net income (loss) (numerator)
|
|
$ |
1,574 |
|
|
$ |
(29,433) |
|
|
$ |
(76,918) |
|
|
|
|
Shares calculation (denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding basic
|
|
|
72,015 |
|
|
|
62,288 |
|
|
|
59,779 |
|
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential Common Stock relating to
stock options
|
|
|
1,028 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average shares
outstanding diluted
|
|
|
73,043 |
|
|
|
62,288 |
|
|
|
59,779 |
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per
share basic
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
(0.47) |
|
|
$ |
(1.29) |
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per
share diluted
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
(0.47) |
|
|
$ |
(1.29) |
|
|
|
|
Note 9: Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to approximately
$14.0 million, including $4.0 million for equipment
under a secured term loan. This facility, which was amended and
restated in December 2004, expires in December 2005, contains
financial and other covenants including the requirement for
Harmonic to maintain cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments, net of credit extensions, of not less than
$50.0 million. If Harmonic is unable to maintain this cash,
cash equivalents and short-term investments balance or satisfy
the additional affirmative covenant requirements, Harmonic would
be in noncompliance with the facility. In the event of
noncompliance by Harmonic with the covenants under the facility,
Silicon Valley Bank would be entitled to exercise its remedies
under the facility which include declaring all obligations
immediately due and payable and disposing of the collateral if
obligations were not repaid. At December 31, 2004, Harmonic
was in compliance with the covenants under this line of credit
facility. The December 2004 amendment resulted in the company
paying a fee of approximately $25 thousand and requires payment
of approximately $37 thousand of additional fees if the company
does not maintain an unrestricted deposit of $20.0 million
with the bank. Future borrowings pursuant to the line bear
interest at the banks prime rate (5.25% as of
December 31, 2004) or prime plus 0.5% for equipment
borrowings. Borrowings are payable monthly and are
collateralized by all of Harmonics assets. As of
December 31, 2004, $2.3 million was outstanding under
the equipment term loan portion of this facility and
$1.9 million was borrowed during 2004. The term loan is
payable monthly, including principal and interest at
5.75% per annum on outstanding borrowings as of
December 31, 2004 and matures at various dates through
December 2007. Other than standby letters of credit and
guarantees (Note 15), there were no other outstanding
borrowings or commitments under the line of credit facility as
of December 31, 2004.
Note 10: Capital Stock
Preferred Stock. Harmonic has 5,000,000 authorized
shares of preferred stock. On July 23, 2002, The Company
classified 100,000 of these shares as Series A
Participating Preferred Stock in connection with the
Boards same day approval and adoption of a stockholder
rights plan. Under the plan, Harmonic declared and paid a
dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each share of
Harmonic common stock held by our stockholders of record as of
the close of business on August 7, 2002. Each preferred
share purchase right entitles the holder to purchase from us one
one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a price of
$25.00, subject to adjustment. The rights are not immediately
exercisable, however, and will become exercisable only upon the
occurrence of certain events. The stockholder rights plan may
have the effect of deterring or delaying a change in control of
Harmonic.
Stock Issuances. During 2003, Harmonic issued
10,350,000 shares of common stock in a public offering,
including shares sold upon exercises of over-allotment options,
at a price of $7.40 per share. The net proceeds to the
Company
64
were approximately $71.4 million, which is net of
underwriters discounts and commissions of approximately
$4.2 million and related legal, accounting, printing and
other expenses totaling approximately $0.9 million. The
Form S-3 registration statement used in the public offering
remains effective and Harmonic continues to have the ability to
use the registration statement to issue various types of
securities, including common stock, preferred stock, debt
securities and warrants to purchase common stock from time to
time, up to an aggregate of approximately $73 million,
subject to market conditions and our capital needs.
Note 11: Benefit Plans
Stock Option Plans. Harmonic has reserved
13,115,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under
various employee stock option plans. The options are granted for
periods not exceeding ten years and generally vest 25% at one
year from date of grant, and an additional 1/48 per month
thereafter. Stock options are granted at the fair market value
of the stock at the date of grant.
Director Option Plans. In May 2002, Harmonics
stockholders approved the 2002 Director Option Plan,
replacing the 1995 Director Option Plan. Harmonic has a
total of 428,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance under the Director Plans. The Director Plans provide
for the grant of non-statutory stock options to certain
non-employee directors of Harmonic pursuant to an automatic,
non-discretionary grant mechanism. Options are granted at the
fair market value of the stock at the date of grant for periods
not exceeding ten years. Initial grants generally vest monthly
over three years, and subsequent grants generally vest monthly
over one year.
The following table summarizes activities under the Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Available |
|
Stock Options |
|
Weighted Average |
|
|
for Grant |
|
Outstanding |
|
Exercise Price |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except exercise price) |
Balance at December 31, 2001
|
|
|
1,811 |
|
|
|
7,165 |
|
|
$ |
17.99 |
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
1,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(1,871) |
|
|
|
1,871 |
|
|
|
9.78 |
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(205) |
|
|
|
3.00 |
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
1,038 |
|
|
|
(1,038) |
|
|
|
14.59 |
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
(14) |
|
|
|
(489) |
|
|
|
16.16 |
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2002
|
|
|
2,764 |
|
|
|
7,304 |
|
|
|
16.91 |
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(1,495) |
|
|
|
1,495 |
|
|
|
3.61 |
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85) |
|
|
|
2.32 |
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
635 |
|
|
|
(635) |
|
|
|
13.11 |
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(132) |
|
|
|
42.71 |
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
3,404 |
|
|
|
7,947 |
|
|
|
14.44 |
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
2,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(1,583) |
|
|
|
1,583 |
|
|
|
8.66 |
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(272) |
|
|
|
5.16 |
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
(282) |
|
|
|
14.12 |
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36) |
|
|
|
31.49 |
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
4,603 |
|
|
|
8,940 |
|
|
$ |
13.64 |
|
|
|
|
65
The following table summarizes information regarding stock
options outstanding at December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options Outstanding |
|
Stock Options Exercisable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Average |
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at |
|
Remaining |
|
|
|
Exercisable at |
|
Weighted |
|
|
December 31, |
|
Contractual Life |
|
Weighted-Average |
|
December 31, |
|
Average Exercise |
Range of Exercise Prices |
|
2004 |
|
(Years) |
|
Exercise Price |
|
2004 |
|
Price |
|
|
|
(In thousands, except exercise price and life) |
$ |
1.23 4.17 |
|
|
|
1,367 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
$ |
3.41 |
|
|
|
662 |
|
|
$ |
3.39 |
|
|
4.41 8.65 |
|
|
|
1,314 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
|
|
|
7.03 |
|
|
|
995 |
|
|
|
7.06 |
|
|
8.68 9.13 |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
9.03 |
|
|
|
1,104 |
|
|
|
9.11 |
|
|
9.25 10.44 |
|
|
|
1,794 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
10.16 |
|
|
|
1,088 |
|
|
|
10.38 |
|
|
10.48 23.57 |
|
|
|
1,578 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
20.97 |
|
|
|
1,510 |
|
|
|
21.35 |
|
|
23.75 50.72 |
|
|
|
601 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
28.90 |
|
|
|
601 |
|
|
|
28.90 |
|
|
53.02121.68 |
|
|
|
286 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
74.56 |
|
|
|
286 |
|
|
|
74.56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,940 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
$ |
13.64 |
|
|
|
6,246 |
|
|
$ |
16.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $6.42,
$2.74, and $7.24 for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In May 2002,
Harmonics stockholders approved the 2002 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the 2002 Purchase Plan) replacing the
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan effective for the offering
period beginning on July 1, 2002. In May 2004,
Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment to the 2002
Purchase Plan and increased the maximum number of shares of
common stock authorized for issuance over the term of the 2002
Purchase Plan by an additional 2,000,000 shares to
3,500,000 shares. The 2002 Purchase Plan enables employees
to purchase shares at 85% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock at the beginning of the offering period or end of the
purchase period, whichever is lower. Each offering period has a
maximum duration of two years and consists of four six-month
purchase periods. Offering periods and purchase periods
generally begin on the first trading day on or after January 1
and July 1 of each year. The 2002 Purchase Plan is intended
to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under
Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. During 2004,
2003, and 2002, the number of shares of stock issued under the
purchase plans were 774,683, 725,086, and 780,670 shares at
weighted average prices of $2.32, $2.24, and $3.99,
respectively. The weighted-average fair value of each right to
purchase shares of common stock granted under the purchase plans
were $2.68, $2.15, and $5.21 for 2004, 2003, and 2002,
respectively. At December 31, 2004, 2,000,231 shares
were reserved for future issuances under the 2002 Purchase Plan.
Retirement/ Savings Plan. Harmonic has a
retirement/savings plan that qualifies as a thrift plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan
allows participants to contribute up to 20% of total
compensation, subject to applicable Internal Revenue Service
limitations. Harmonic makes discretionary contributions to the
plan of 25% of the first 4% contributed by eligible participants
up to a maximum contribution per participant of $750 per
year. Such amounts totaled $0.3 million in 2004,
$0.2 million in 2003, and $0.3 million in 2002.
66
The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
279 |
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
589 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
344 |
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
589 |
|
|
$ |
300 |
|
|
$ |
500 |
|
|
|
|
Harmonics provision for (benefit from) income taxes
differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory
U.S. federal income tax rate to the loss before income
taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Provision for (benefit from) income
taxes at statutory rate
|
|
$ |
757 |
|
|
$ |
(10,161 |
) |
|
$ |
(26,746 |
) |
|
Differential in rates on foreign
earnings
|
|
|
(86 |
) |
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
315 |
|
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
(534 |
) |
|
|
(694 |
) |
|
|
(4,620 |
) |
|
Foreign losses for which no benefit
is taken
|
|
|
442 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
868 |
|
|
Research and development credit
|
|
|
(825 |
) |
|
|
(551 |
) |
|
|
(5,700 |
) |
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
668 |
|
|
|
11,091 |
|
|
|
41,883 |
|
|
Non-deductible meals and
entertainment
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
(5,600 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Net provision for income taxes
|
|
$ |
589 |
|
|
$ |
300 |
|
|
$ |
500 |
|
|
|
|
67
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) comprise the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
$ |
33,491 |
|
|
$ |
41,219 |
|
|
$ |
52,121 |
|
|
Net operating loss carryovers
|
|
|
67,484 |
|
|
|
64,918 |
|
|
|
48,128 |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,921 |
|
|
|
4,445 |
|
|
|
4,613 |
|
|
Research and development credit
carryovers
|
|
|
12,474 |
|
|
|
12,408 |
|
|
|
10,898 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7,377 |
|
|
|
8,182 |
|
|
|
2,440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
124,747 |
|
|
|
131,172 |
|
|
|
118,200 |
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(122,924) |
|
|
|
(123,615) |
|
|
|
(104,909) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
1,823 |
|
|
|
7,557 |
|
|
|
13,291 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(1,823) |
|
|
|
(7,557) |
|
|
|
(13,291) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
(liabilities)
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future
earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.
Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset
by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance decreased by
$0.7 million and increased by $18.7 million and
$41.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2004,
2003 and 2002, respectively.
As of December 31, 2004, the Company had tax net operating
loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of
approximately $186.0 million, which expire beginning in the
year 2020. The Company also has state net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $42.0 million, which expire
beginning in 2005. As of December 31, 2004, the Company
also had federal and state tax credit carryovers of
approximately $7.6 million and $8.7 million,
respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The
federal credits expire beginning 2005, while the state credits
will not expire.
Utilization of the Companys net operating loss and tax
credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to
the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal
Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual
limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating
loss before utilization.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger tax liabilities as
of December 31, 2004. Approximately $15.8 million of
pre-merger tax liabilities remain outstanding and Harmonic
expects final settlement of these obligations to a variety of
taxing authorities and LSI Logic during 2005. These amounts have
been included in accrued liabilities.
|
|
Note 13: |
Segment Information |
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise
that engage in business activities for which separate financial
information is available and evaluated by the chief operating
decision maker. The Company has been organized into two
operating segments: BAN, for fiber optic systems, and CS, for
digital headend systems. Each segment has its own management
team directing its product development, marketing strategies and
its customer service requirements. A separate sales force
generally supports both segments with appropriate product and
market specialization as required.
The results of the reportable segments are derived directly from
Harmonics management reporting system. These results
reported below are based on Harmonics method of internal
reporting and are not necessarily presented in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles. Management measures
the performance of each segment based on several metrics,
including revenue and income or loss from segment operations.
These results are used, in part, to evaluate the performance of,
and allocate resources to each of the segments. Income (loss)
from segment
68
operations excludes intangible amortization expense, corporate
expenses, excess facilities charges, eliminations, and interest
and other income, net. Corporate expenses and excess facilities
charges include human resources, legal, finance and other
corporate departments, and intercompany eliminations. Net income
or loss, and assets and liabilities are not internally reported
by business segment.
Segment Sales and Profit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convergent Systems (CS)
|
|
$ |
171,410 |
|
|
$ |
113,207 |
|
|
$ |
109,718 |
|
|
Broadband Access Networks (BAN)
|
|
|
76,896 |
|
|
|
69,069 |
|
|
|
76,914 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net sales
|
|
$ |
248,306 |
|
|
$ |
182,276 |
|
|
$ |
186,632 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Income (loss) from segment
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convergent Systems
|
|
$ |
26,427 |
|
|
$ |
(4,398) |
|
|
$ |
(15,649) |
|
|
Broadband Access Networks
|
|
|
8,110 |
|
|
|
1,102 |
|
|
|
(4,033) |
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from segment
operations
|
|
|
34,537 |
|
|
|
(3,296) |
|
|
|
(19,682) |
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
(13,894) |
|
|
|
(13,894) |
|
|
|
(18,648) |
|
|
Interest and other income, net
|
|
|
727 |
|
|
|
1,412 |
|
|
|
931 |
|
|
Facilities adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,376 |
|
|
|
(22,500) |
|
|
Corporate expenses and eliminations
|
|
|
(19,207) |
|
|
|
(14,731) |
|
|
|
(16,519) |
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
$ |
2,163 |
|
|
$ |
(29,133) |
|
|
$ |
(76,418) |
|
|
|
|
Geographic Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
Net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$ |
143,818 |
|
|
$ |
130,226 |
|
|
$ |
133,222 |
|
|
International
|
|
|
104,488 |
|
|
|
52,050 |
|
|
|
53,410 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
248,306 |
|
|
$ |
182,276 |
|
|
$ |
186,632 |
|
|
|
|
Property, equipment and intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$ |
24,141 |
|
|
$ |
41,905 |
|
|
$ |
64,863 |
|
|
International
|
|
|
1,881 |
|
|
|
1,858 |
|
|
|
1,792 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
26,022 |
|
|
$ |
43,763 |
|
|
$ |
66,655 |
|
|
|
|
Major Customers. To date, a substantial majority of
Harmonics net sales have been to relatively few customers,
and Harmonic expects this customer concentration to continue in
the foreseeable future. In 2004, sales to Comcast accounted for
17% of net sales. In 2003, sales to Comcast accounted for 32%.
In 2002, sales to Charter Communications and Comcast accounted
for 18% and 10% of net sales, respectively.
69
A director of Harmonic since January 2002 is a director of
Terayon Communications, with whom the Company signed a reseller
agreement for certain products during the second quarter of
2002. During 2004 and 2003, the Company purchased approximately
$7.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, in
products from Terayon. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003,
Harmonic had liabilities to Terayon of approximately
$0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, for
inventory purchases.
Warranties. The Company accrues for estimated warranty
costs at the time of product shipment. Management periodically
reviews the estimated fair value of its warranty liability and
adjusts based on the terms of warranties provided to customers,
historical and anticipated warranty claims experience, and
estimates of the timing and cost of specified warranty claims.
Activity for the Companys warranty accrual, which is
included in accrued liabilities is summarized below (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$ |
4,886 |
|
|
$ |
5,866 |
|
Accrual for warranties
|
|
|
5,715 |
|
|
|
4,602 |
|
Warranty costs incurred
|
|
|
(5,172) |
|
|
|
(5,582) |
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$ |
5,429 |
|
|
$ |
4,886 |
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit. As of December 31,
2004 the Companys financial guarantees consisted of
standby letters of credit outstanding, which were principally
related to a litigation settlement, customs bond requirements
and corporate purchase cards. The maximum amount of potential
future payments under these arrangements was $1.5 million.
Indemnifications. Harmonic indemnifies the members
of its Board of Directors pursuant to the requirements of its
bylaws, and some of its suppliers and customers for specified
intellectual property rights pursuant to certain parameters and
restrictions. The scope of these indemnities varies, but in some
instances, includes indemnification for damages and expenses
(including reasonable attorneys fees). There have been no
claims for indemnification and, accordingly, no amounts have
been accrued in respect of the indemnifications provisions
through December 31, 2004.
Guarantees. As of December 31, 2004, Harmonic
had no other guarantees outstanding.
|
|
Note 16: |
Commitments and Contingencies |
Commitments Facilities Leases. Harmonic
leases its facilities under noncancelable operating leases which
expire at various dates through September 2010. Total lease
payments related to these operating leases were
$11.5 million, $10.4 million and $11.5 million
for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Future minimum lease
payments under noncancelable operating leases at
December 31, 2004, are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
$ |
10,191 |
|
2006
|
|
|
11,253 |
|
2007
|
|
|
12,465 |
|
2008
|
|
|
12,565 |
|
2009
|
|
|
12,876 |
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
9,672 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
69,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2004, $28.4 million of these lease
costs were recorded as accrued excess facility costs. See
Note 4 Restructuring, Excess Facilities and Inventory
Provisions.
70
Derivative Financial Instruments. We enter into
foreign currency forward exchange contracts (forward
exchange contracts) to manage exposure related to accounts
receivable denominated in foreign currencies. A majority of
sales are currently made in U.S. dollars. The Company does
not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading
purposes. Gains and losses on the contracts are included in
other income (expense) in our Consolidated Statements of
Operations. At December 31, 2004, the Company had a forward
exchange contract to sell Euros totaling $0.9 million. The
foreign exchange contract at the end of 2004 matures within the
first quarter of 2005 and the fair value of this contract was
approximately $0.9 million as of December 31, 2004.
Commitments Royalties. Harmonic has
obtained research and development grants under various Israeli
government programs that require the payment of royalties on
sales of certain products resulting from such research. During
2004, 2003 and 2002 royalty expenses were $0.7 million,
$0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Purchase Commitments with Contract Manufacturers and
Suppliers. The Company relies on a limited number of
contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing
services for a substantial majority of its products. In
addition, some components, sub-assembly and modules are obtained
from a sole supplier or limited group of suppliers. During the
normal course of business, in order to reduce manufacturing lead
times and ensure adequate component supply, the Company enters
into agreements with certain contract manufacturers and
suppliers that allows them to procure inventory based upon
criteria as defined by the Company.
Commitments
Contingencies. Harmonics industry is
characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and
frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and
other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading
companies in the telecommunications industry have extensive
patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties, including
these leading companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive
patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property
rights against us or our customers. Such assertions and claims
arise in the normal course of our operations. The resolution of
assertions and claims cannot be predicted with certainty.
Management believes that the final outcome of such matters would
not have a material adverse effect on Harmonics business,
operating results, financial position and cash flows.
|
|
Note 17: |
Legal Proceedings |
Between June 28 and August 25, 2000, several actions
alleging violations of the federal securities laws by Harmonic
and certain of its officers and directors (some of whom are no
longer with Harmonic) were filed in or removed to the
U.S. District Court for the Northern District of
California. The actions subsequently were consolidated.
A consolidated complaint, filed on December 7, 2000, was
brought on behalf of a purported class of persons who purchased
Harmonics publicly traded securities between January 19
and June 26, 2000. The complaint also alleged claims on
behalf of a purported subclass of persons who purchased C-Cube
securities between January 19 and May 3, 2000. In addition
to Harmonic and certain of its officers and directors, the
complaint also named C-Cube Microsystems Inc. and several of its
officers and directors as defendants. The complaint alleged
that, by making false or misleading statements regarding
Harmonics prospects and customers and its acquisition of
C-Cube, certain defendants violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The complaint also alleged
that certain defendants violated section 14(a) of the
Exchange Act and sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the
Securities Act of 1933 by filing a false or misleading
registration statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in
connection with the C-Cube acquisition.
On July 3, 2001, the Court dismissed the consolidated
complaint with leave to amend. An amended complaint alleging the
same claims against the same defendants was filed on
August 13, 2001. Defendants moved to dismiss the amended
complaint on September 24, 2001. On November 13, 2002,
the Court issued an opinion granting the motions to dismiss the
amended complaint without leave to amend. Judgment for
defendants was entered on December 2, 2002. On
December 12, 2002, plaintiffs filed a motion to amend
the judgment and for leave to file an amended complaint pursuant
to Rules 59(e) and 15(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure. On June 6, 2003, the Court denied
plaintiffs motion to amend the judgment and for leave to
file an amended complaint. Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal
on July 1, 2003. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Ninth Circuit heard oral arguments on February 17, 2005,
but has not ruled on the appeal yet.
71
A derivative action purporting to be on behalf of Harmonic was
filed against its then-current directors in the Superior Court
for the County of Santa Clara on September 5, 2000.
Harmonic also was named as a nominal defendant. The complaint is
based on allegations similar to those found in the securities
class action and claims that the defendants breached their
fiduciary duties by, among other things, causing Harmonic to
violate federal securities laws. The derivative action was
removed to the U.S. District Court for the Northern
District of California on September 20, 2000. All deadlines
in this action were stayed pending resolution of the motions to
dismiss the securities class action. On July 29, 2003, the
Court approved the parties stipulation to dismiss this
derivative action without prejudice and to toll the applicable
limitations period. The limitations period is tolled until
fourteen days after (1) defendants provide plaintiff with a
copy of the mandate issued by the Ninth Circuit in the
securities action or (2) either party provides written
notice of termination of the tolling period, whichever is first.
A second derivative action purporting to be on behalf of
Harmonic was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara on May 15, 2003. It alleges facts similar
to those previously alleged in the securities class action and
the federal derivative action. The complaint names as defendants
former and current Harmonic officers and directors, along with
former officers and directors of C-Cube Microsystems, Inc., who
were named in the securities class action. The complaint also
names Harmonic as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges
claims for abuse of control, gross mismanagement, and waste of
corporate assets against the Harmonic defendants, and claims for
breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and negligent
misrepresentation against all defendants. On July 22, 2003,
the Court approved the parties stipulation to stay the
case pending resolution of the appeal in the securities class
action. Although the parties initially agreed in principle to a
dismissal without prejudice on similar terms as in the federal
derivative action, after further discussion, the parties decided
that the stay currently in place suffices to protect their
respective interests.
Based on its review of the complaints filed in the securities
class actions, Harmonic believes that it has meritorious
defenses and intends to defend itself vigorously. There can be
no assurance, however, that Harmonic will prevail. No estimate
can be made of the possible range of loss associated with the
resolution of this contingency and accordingly, Harmonic has not
recorded a liability. An unfavorable outcome of this litigation
could have a material adverse effect on Harmonics
business, operating results, financial position or cash flows.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4,859,016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, royalties
and damages. Harmonic has not been served in the case. Harmonic
is currently evaluating its position with respect to this patent
and has engaged in discussions with the plaintiff regarding
potential settlement of the matter. At this time, we are unable
to determine whether we will be able to settle this litigation
on reasonable terms or at all, nor can we predict the impact of
an adverse outcome of this litigation if we elect to defend
against it. No estimate can be made of the possible range of
loss associated with the resolution of this contingency and
accordingly, we have not recorded a liability associated with
the outcome of a negotiated settlement or an unfavorable verdict
in litigation. An unfavorable outcome of this matter could have
a material adverse effect on Harmonics business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
Harmonic is involved in other litigation and may be subject to
claims arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management the amount of ultimate liability with respect to
these matters in the aggregate will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company or its operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
|
|
Note 18: |
Subsequent Event |
On February 25, 2005, Harmonic purchased all of the issued
and outstanding shares of Broadcast Technology Ltd., a private
U.K. company, for a purchase consideration of
£4.0 million, or approximately $7.6 million. The
purchase consideration consists of a payment of
£3.0 million in cash and the issuance of
169,112 shares of Harmonic common stock. Broadcast
Technology Ltd. develops, manufactures and distributes
professional video/ audio receivers and decoders.
72
|
|
Item 9. |
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
None.
|
|
Item 9A. |
Controls and Procedures |
|
|
|
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. |
Our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer
participated in the evaluation of the effectiveness of the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures
(as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the Exchange Act), Rules 13a-15(e) or
15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this annual
report, and have concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures were effective as of this date based on their
evaluation of these controls and procedures required by
paragraph (b) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or
15d-15.
|
|
|
Changes in internal controls over financial reporting. |
There were no changes in our internal control over financial
reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required
by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or
15d-15 that occurred during the fourth quarter of the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2004 that have materially affected,
or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal
control over financial reporting.
73
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from
this Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to
Instruction G to Exchange Act Form 10-K, and the
Registrant will file its definitive Proxy Statement for its 2005
Annual Meeting of Stockholders, pursuant to Regulation 14A
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
2005 Proxy Statement), not later than 120 days
after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Report, and
certain information included in the 2005 Proxy Statement is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 10. |
Directors and Executive Officers of Registrant |
Information concerning our directors required by this Item will
be set forth in the 2005 Proxy Statement under the caption
Election of Directors and is incorporated herein by
reference.
Information concerning our executive officers required by this
Item is included in Part I, Item 1 hereof under the
caption, Executive Officers of Registrant.
Information relating to compliance with Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be set forth in the
2005 Proxy Statement under the caption Section 16(a)
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Information concerning our audit committee and our audit
committee financial expert will be set forth in our 2005 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Harmonic has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for
Senior Operational and Financial Leadership (the
Code) which applies to its Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its Corporate
Controller and other senior operational and financial
management. The Code is available on the Companys website
at www.harmonicinc.com.
Harmonic intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under
Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to,
or waiver from, a provision of this Code of Ethic by posting
such information on our website, at the address specified above,
and to the extent required by the listing standards of the
Nasdaq Stock Market, by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing such
information.
|
|
Item 11. |
Executive Compensation |
The information required by this Item will be set forth in the
2005 Proxy Statement under the caption Executive
Compensation and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
Information related to security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and security ownership of management and related
stockholder matters will be set forth in the 2005 Proxy
Statement under the captions Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management and Equity
Compensation Plan Information and is incorporated herein
by reference.
|
|
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions |
None.
|
|
Item 14. |
Principal Accounting Fees and Services |
The information required for this item will be set forth in the
2005 Proxy Statement in the section titled, Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm, under the captions,
Audit Fee, Audit Related Fees, Tax
Fees, All Other Fees and is incorporated
herein by reference.
74
PART IV
|
|
Item 15. |
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
|
|
(1) |
Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements at Item 8 on page 46 of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K: |
|
(2) |
Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement
schedules have been omitted because the information is not
required to be set forth herein, is not applicable or is
included in the financial statements or notes thereto. |
|
(3) |
Exhibits. The documents listed in the Exhibit Index
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are filed herewith or
are incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, in each case as indicated herein. |
75
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15
(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant, Harmonic
Inc., a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Annual Report
on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of
California, on March 15, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
Anthony J. Ley |
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has been signed by
the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
/s/
ANTHONY J. LEY
(Anthony
J. Ley)
|
|
Chairman, President &
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
March 15, 2005
|
|
/s/
ROBIN N. DICKSON
(Robin
N. Dickson)
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 15, 2005
|
|
/s/
E. FLOYD KVAMME
(E.
Floyd Kvamme)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2005
|
|
/s/
WILLIAM REDDERSEN
(William
Reddersen)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2005
|
|
/s/
LEWIS SOLOMON
(Lewis
Solomon)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2005
|
|
/s/
MICHEL L. VAILLAUD
(Michel
L. Vaillaud)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2005
|
|
/s/
DAVID R. VAN VALKENBURG
(David
Van Valkenburg)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2005
|
76
EXHIBIT INDEX
The following Exhibits to this report are filed herewith, or if
marked with a (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii),
(ix), (x), (xi) or (xii) are incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1(v) |
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization by and among C-Cube Microsystems, Inc. and the
Registrant dated October 27, 1999
|
|
3.1(viii) |
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant as amended
|
|
3.2(ix) |
|
|
Certificate of Designation of
Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A
Participating in Preferred Stock of Registrant
|
|
3.3(ix) |
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Registrant
|
|
4.1(i) |
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate
|
|
4.2(ix) |
|
|
Preferred Stock Rights Agreement
dated July 24, 2002 between the Registrant and Mellon
Investor Services LLC
|
|
10.1(i) |
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
10.2(i)* |
|
|
1988 Stock Option Plan and form of
Stock Option Agreement
|
|
10.3(xiii)* |
|
|
1995 Stock Plan and form of Stock
Option Agreement, as amended
|
|
10.4(i)* |
|
|
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
and form of Subscription Agreement
|
|
10.5(i)* |
|
|
1995 Director Option Plan and
form of Director Option Agreement
|
|
10.6(i) |
|
|
Registration and Participation
Rights and Modification Agreement dated as of July 22, 1994
among Registrant and certain holders of Registrants Common
Stock
|
|
10.7(ii) |
|
|
Business Loan Agreement, Commercial
Security Agreement and Promissory Note dated August 26,
1993, as amended on September 14, 1995, between Registrant
and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10.8(ii) |
|
|
Facility lease dated as of
January 12, 1996 by and between Eastrich No. 137
Corporation and Company
|
|
10.9(xii)* |
|
|
Change of Control Severance
Agreement dated February 20, 2004 between Registrant and
Anthony J. Ley
|
|
10.10(xii)* |
|
|
Form of Change of Control Severance
Agreement between Registrant and certain executive officers of
Registrant
|
|
10.11(iv)* |
|
|
1997 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
|
|
10.12(xiii)* |
|
|
1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
|
|
10.13(vi) |
|
|
Lease Agreement for 603-611 Baltic
Way, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10.14(vi) |
|
|
Lease Agreement for 1322 Crossman
Avenue, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10.15(vi) |
|
|
Lease Agreement for 646 Caribbean
Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10.16(vi) |
|
|
Lease Agreement for 632 Caribbean
Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10.17(vi) |
|
|
First Amendment to the Lease
Agreement for 549 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
10.18(viii) |
|
|
Restated Non-Recourse Receivables
Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 2001 between
Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10.19(viii) |
|
|
Modification dated
December 14, 2001 to the Restated Non-Recourse Receivables
Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 2001, between
Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
10.21(x) |
|
|
Amendment to Loan Documents, dated
September 26, 2003, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and
Harmonic Inc.
|
|
10.22(xi)* |
|
|
2002 Director Option Plan and
Form of Stock Option Agreement, as amended
|
|
10.23(xiii)* |
|
|
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
and Form of Subscription Agreement, as amended
|
|
10.24(vii) |
|
|
Supply License and Development
Agreement, dated as of October 27, 1999, by and between
C-Cube Microsystems and Harmonic
|
|
10.25 |
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Loan
and Security Agreement by and between Harmonic Inc., as
Borrower, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Lender, dated as of
December 17, 2004
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
Certification of Principal
Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
Certification of Principal
Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive
Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
32.2 |
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or
arrangement relating to executive officers or directors of the
Company. |
|
(i)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form S-1 No. 33-90752. |
|
(ii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1995. |
|
(iii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1996. |
|
(iv)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated January 14,
1998. |
|
(v)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Report on
Form 8-K dated November 1, 1999. |
|
(vi)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Amendment
to its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/ A for the quarter
ended June 30, 2000. |
|
(vii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys
Registration Statement on Form S-4 No. 333-33148. |
|
(viii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2001. |
|
(ix)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Report on
Form 8-K dated July 25, 2002. |
|
(x)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
September 26, 2003. |
|
(xi)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2002. |
|
(xii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Current
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2003. |
|
(xiii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Companys Definitive
Proxy Statement dated April 21, 2004. |
78
EXHIBIT 10.25
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
by and between
HARMONIC INC., AS BORROWER
and
SILICON VALLEY BANK, AS LENDER
December 17, 2004
THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended,
restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, this "AGREEMENT"), dated as
of December 17, 2004, is by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK ("BANK"), whose
address is 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California, 95054, and HARMONIC INC.,
a Delaware corporation ("BORROWER"), whose address is 549 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale,
California 94089, and provides the terms on which Bank will lend to Borrower and
Borrower will repay Bank. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety
that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated December
19, 2003. The parties hereto agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS; ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given to such terms
in Section 13 of this Agreement. Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement
will be construed according to GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be
made following GAAP. The term "financial statements" includes the notes and
schedules thereto. The terms "including" and "includes" always mean "including
(or includes) without limitation," in this or any other Loan Document.
2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT
2.1 PROMISE TO PAY.
Borrower promises to pay Bank the unpaid principal amount of all Advances
and interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Advances.
2.1.1 ADVANCES.
(a) Bank will make Advances not exceeding the Committed
Revolving Line minus (A) the outstanding principal balance of the Advances minus
(B) the amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but
unreimbursed Letters of Credit). Amounts borrowed hereunder that remain
available for borrowing under this Agreement may be repaid and reborrowed prior
to the Maturity Date.
(b) To obtain an Advance, Borrower must notify Bank by
facsimile or telephone by 12:00 noon Pacific Time on the Business Day the
Advance is to be made. Borrower must promptly confirm the notification by
delivering to Bank the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form attached as Exhibit B
(the "PAYMENT/ADVANCE FORM"). Bank will credit Advances to Borrower's deposit
account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from
a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the
Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely
on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible
Officer or designee. Borrower will indemnify Bank for any loss Bank suffers due
to such reliance.
(c) The Committed Revolving Line shall terminate on the
Maturity Date, and all Advances are immediately due and payable on the Maturity
Date.
2.1.2 LETTERS OF CREDIT.
(a) Bank will issue or have issued standby Letters of Credit
for Borrower's account not exceeding the amount available under the Committed
Revolving Line (each, a "LETTER OF CREDIT"). Each Letter of Credit will have an
expiry date of no later than 180 days after the Maturity Date, but Borrower's
reimbursement obligation will be secured by cash in an amount equal to 105% of
the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs
due or to become due in connection therewith on terms acceptable to Bank at any
time after the Maturity Date if such Maturity Date is not extended by Bank or if
an Event of Default occurs and continues. Borrower agrees to execute any further
documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably
request.
(b) Prior to or simultaneously with the opening of each Letter
of Credit, Borrower shall pay to Bank Bank's customary fees (subject to
negotiation) in connection with the opening of a letter of credit (the "LETTER
OF CREDIT FEES"). The Letter of Credit Fees shall be paid upon the opening of
each Letter of Credit and upon each anniversary thereof, if required. In
addition, Borrower shall pay to Bank, for its own account, any and all
additional issuance, negotiation, processing, transfer or other fees to the
extent and as and when required by the provisions of any application for Letters
of Credit. All Letter of Credit Fees shall be part of the Obligations.
(c) If any Letter of Credit is drawn upon, such amount shall
constitute an Advance but shall be immediately due and payable. If such amount
is not paid immediately, then the full amount thereof shall accrue interest at
the rate set forth in Section 2.4(a).
2.2 EQUIPMENT ADVANCES.
(a) Through December 16, 2005 (the "EQUIPMENT AVAILABILITY END
DATE"), Bank will make advances (each, an "EQUIPMENT ADVANCE" and, collectively,
"EQUIPMENT ADVANCES") not exceeding the Committed Equipment Line. The Equipment
Advances may only be used to purchase or refinance Equipment within 90 days of
the invoice date, or, in the case of the initial advance, purchased on or after
September 1, 2004.
(b) Interest accrues from the date of each Equipment Advance
(each, an "EQUIPMENT ADVANCE FUNDING DATE") at the rate in Section 2.4(a). Each
Equipment Advance is payable in 36 equal monthly installments of principal, plus
accrued interest, beginning on the first of the month following the Equipment
Advance Funding Date for such Equipment Advance and ending on the Equipment
Maturity Date for such Equipment Advance. Equipment Advances when repaid may not
be reborrowed.
(c) To obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower must provide
notice in the form of a Payment/Advance Form to Bank (the notice is irrevocable)
by facsimile no later than 12:00 noon Pacific Time one Business Day before the
day on which the Equipment Advance is to be made. The Payment/Advance Form must
be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee and include a copy of the invoice
for the Equipment being financed.
(d) The outstanding principal amount of term loans previously
advanced by Bank to Borrower pursuant to that certain Loan and Security
Agreement dated
2.
March 28, 2003, as amended by that Amendment to Loan Documents dated July 17,
2003, as further amended by that certain Amendment to Loan Documents dated
September 26, 2003, and Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated
December 19, 2003 are set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (the "EXISTING
EQUIPMENT DEBT"). The Existing Equipment Debt shall, for all purposes hereof, be
"Equipment Advances" hereunder and be governed by all the terms and conditions
of this Agreement, except that the principal of said Existing Equipment Debt
shall continue to be payable as set forth on Schedule A.
2.3 OVERADVANCES.
If, at any time, Borrower's Obligations hereunder exceed the Committed
Revolving Line, Borrower shall immediately pay Bank the excess.
2.4 INTEREST RATE, PAYMENTS.
(a) ADVANCES. Advances accrue interest on the outstanding
principal balance thereof at a per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate. Equipment
Advances, including the Existing Equipment Debt, accrue interest on the
outstanding principal balance thereof at a per annum rate equal to one-half
percentage point (0.50%) above the Prime Rate. After an Event of Default has
occurred, Obligations shall accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to two
percent (2%) above the rate effective immediately before the Event of Default.
The interest rate increases or decreases when the Prime Rate changes. Interest
is computed on a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.
(b) PAYMENTS. Interest due on the Advances and Equipment
Advances is payable on the first of each month. Bank may debit any of Borrower's
deposit accounts, including account number 0341964970, for principal and
interest payments owing or any amounts Borrower owes Bank. Bank will notify
Borrower when it debits Borrower's accounts. These debits are not a set-off.
Payments received after 12:00 noon Pacific Time are considered received at the
opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day
that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and
additional fees or interest accrue.
2.5 FEES.
Borrower will pay:
(a) LOAN FEE. Fully earned, non-refundable loan fees in the
amount of $20,000 for the Committed Revolving Line and in the amount of $4,800
for the Committed Equipment Line are due on or before the Closing Date. If, at
any time, Borrower fails to maintain a minimum aggregate amount of $20,000,000
of unrestricted funds on deposit for 10 consecutive Business Days with SVB Asset
Management and/or SVB Securities, Borrower shall pay an additional $30,000 fee
for the Committed Revolving Line and an additional $7,200 fee for the Committed
Equipment Line.
(b) BANK EXPENSES. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred through the date of this Agreement are
payable upon demand, and Bank Expenses incurred after the date of this Agreement
are payable within ten
3.
(10) Business Days after delivery of invoice to Borrower.
3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS
3.1 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL CREDIT EXTENSION.
Bank's obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the
condition precedent that it receive the agreements, documents, and fees it
requires.
3.2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL CREDIT EXTENSIONS.
Bank's obligation to make each Credit Extension, including the initial
Credit Extension, is subject to the following:
(a) timely receipt of any Payment/Advance Form; and
(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 must be
materially true on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the effective
date of each Advance and no Event of Default may have occurred and be
continuing, or result from such Advance. Each Credit Extension is Borrower's
representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties
of Section 5 remain true in all material respects; provided, however, that those
representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true
in all material respects as of such date only.
4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST
4.1 GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST.
Borrower grants Bank a continuing security interest in all presently
existing and later acquired Collateral to secure all Obligations and performance
of each of Borrower's duties under the Loan Documents. Any security interest
will be a first priority security interest in the Collateral. If this Agreement
is terminated, Bank's lien and security interest in the Collateral will continue
until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity
obligations).
4.2 AUTHORIZATION TO FILE; DELIVERY OF ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION.
Borrower authorizes Bank to file financing statements without notice to
Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions, as Bank deems appropriate, in
order to perfect or protect Bank's security interest in the Collateral. Borrower
shall execute and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all documents that
Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and
continue perfected Bank's security interest in the Collateral and in order to
fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents.
5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
4.
5.1 DUE ORGANIZATION; ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE; AUTHORIZATION.
Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly existing and in good standing in its
state of formation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and in good
standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of
property requires that it be qualified, except where the failure to do so could
not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
Borrower has not changed its state of formation or organizational
structure or type or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction of
formation.
The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been
duly authorized, and do not conflict with Borrower's formation documents, nor
constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is
bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which or by which it is
bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to cause a Material
Adverse Change.
5.2 PLACES OF BUSINESS; LOCATION OF COLLATERAL.
Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, the Equipment and Inventory
is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as at a warehouse, but
excluding Equipment or Inventory in the possession of third parties for
demonstration or evaluation purposes, or otherwise in the ordinary course of
business consistent with past practices). In the event that Borrower, after the
date hereof, intends to store or otherwise deliver the Collateral to such a
bailee, then Borrower may amend the Disclosure Letter so long as such new
location is within the continental United States.
5.3 COLLATERAL.
(a) Borrower has rights in the Collateral and its Intellectual
Property sufficient to grant a security interest therein, free of Liens except
Permitted Liens. All of Borrower's Deposit Accounts and any existing commercial
tort claims are described on the Disclosure Letter. The Accounts are bona fide,
existing obligations, and the service or property has been performed or
delivered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and
unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. All Inventory is in all material
respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects. Borrower is
the sole owner of the Intellectual Property, except for non-exclusive and
exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business. Each issued
Patent owned by Borrower is valid and enforceable and no part of the
Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in
part, and no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property
violates the rights of any third party, except to the extent such claim could
not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of the
Equipment financed by Bank now is or will be affixed to any real property in
such a manner, or with such intent, as to become a fixture.
(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in
all invoices, instruments, and other documents evidencing the Accounts are and
shall be true and correct. All such invoices, instruments, and other documents,
and all of Borrower's Books are and shall be genuine and in all respects are
what they purport to be. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving
rise to each Account shall comply in all material respects with
5.
all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. To the best of
Borrower's knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents,
instruments, and agreements relating to all Accounts are and shall be genuine,
and all such documents, instruments, and agreements are and shall be legally
enforceable in accordance with their terms.
5.4 LITIGATION.
Except as shown in the Disclosure Letter, there are no actions or
proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower's Responsible Officers,
threatened by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary in which a likely adverse
decision could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
5.5 NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
All consolidated financial statements for Borrower, and any Subsidiary,
delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower's
consolidated financial condition and Borrower's consolidated results of
operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower's
consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial
statements submitted to Bank.
5.6 TAXES.
As of the date hereof, and except as set forth on the Disclosure Letter,
Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower's
prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable
by Borrower.
5.7 SOLVENCY.
The fair salable value of Borrower's assets (including goodwill minus
disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; the Borrower's
remaining assets after the transactions contemplated herein are not unreasonably
small in relation to its business; and Borrower is able to pay its debts
(including trade debts) as they mature.
5.8 EXISTING TERM DEBT.
Schedule A accurately reflects the outstanding principal amount, payment
amounts, and maturity dates with respect to the Existing Equipment Debt.
5.9 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.
Borrower is not an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an
"investment company" under the Investment Company Act. Borrower is not engaged
as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under
Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has
complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act.
Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which
could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of
Borrower's or any Subsidiary's properties or assets has been used by Borrower or
any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower's knowledge, by previous Persons, in
disposing, producing, storing, treating, or
6.
transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each
Subsidiary has timely filed all required tax returns and paid, or made adequate
provision to pay, all material taxes, except those being contested in good faith
with adequate reserves under GAAP. Borrower and each Subsidiary has obtained all
consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings
with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to
continue its business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so
could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
5.10 SUBSIDIARIES.
Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity
securities except for Permitted Investments.
5.11 FULL DISCLOSURE.
No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any
certificate or written statement given to Bank (taken together with all such
written certificates and written statements to Bank) contains any untrue
statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it
being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower
in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and
that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and
forecasts may differ from the projected and forecasted results).
6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower will do all of the following for so long as Bank has an
obligation to lend, or there are outstanding Obligations:
6.1 GOVERNMENT COMPLIANCE.
Subject to Section 7.3, Borrower will maintain its and all Subsidiaries'
legal existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and maintain
qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would
reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Borrower's business
or operations. Borrower will comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all
laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with
which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower's business or operations
or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
6.2 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, REPORTS, CERTIFICATES.
(a) Borrower will deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available,
but no later than 45 days after the last day of each quarter, a company prepared
consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering
Borrower's consolidated operations during the period certified by a Responsible
Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank; (ii) as soon as available, but no
later than 120 days after the last day of Borrower's fiscal year, audited
consolidated and consolidating financial statements prepared under GAAP,
consistently applied, together with an opinion on the financial statements from
an independent certified public
7.
accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) annual financial
projections in form and substance commensurate with those provided to Borrower's
board of directors or utilized by Borrower's executive management, in form and
substance satisfactory to Bank; (iv) within 5 days of filing, copies of all
statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower's security holders or
to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") (other than those
reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q or 8-K (relating to certification) that are otherwise
publicly available through the SEC's EDGAR system); (v) a prompt report of any
claim, proceeding, litigation, or investigation in the future threatened or
instituted against Borrower which would reasonably be expected to result in
damages to Borrower of $500,000 or more, exclusive of litigation the potential
liability in connection with which is fully insured against; and (vi) budgets,
sales projections, operating plans or other financial information Bank
reasonably requests.
(b) Within 45 days after the last day of each quarter,
Borrower will deliver to Bank with the quarterly financial statements a
Compliance Certificate.
(c) Borrower will allow Bank to audit Borrower's Collateral at
Borrower's expense, and the charge therefor shall be $750 per person per day (or
such higher amount as shall represent Bank's then current standard charge for
the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and
Bank schedule and audit more than 10 days in advance, and Borrower seeks to
reschedule the audit with less than 10 days written notice to Bank, then
(without limiting any of Bank's rights and remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a
cancellation fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to
compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of cancellation. The
results of audits will be satisfactory to Bank, and audits will be conducted no
more often than once every year unless an Event of Default shall have occurred.
6.3 INVENTORY; RETURNS.
Borrower will keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free
from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its account
debtors will follow Borrower's customary practices as they exist at execution of
this Agreement. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries,
disputes and claims that occur after the occurrence and during the continuance
of an Event of Default.
6.4 COLLATERAL.
(a) Borrower will give Bank at least 30 days prior written
notice before opening any additional place of business, changing its chief
executive office, or moving any of the Equipment or Inventory (but excluding
Equipment or Inventory in the possession of third parties for documentation or
evaluation purposes, or otherwise in the ordinary course of business consistent
with past practices) to a location other than Borrower's address set forth in
the preamble hereof or in the Disclosure Letter, except that Borrower may
maintain sales offices in the ordinary course of business at which not more than
a total of $10,000 fair market value of Equipment is located.
8.
(b) In the event that Borrower shall at any time after the
date hereof have any commercial tort claims against others, which it is
asserting or intends to assert, and in which the likely recovery exceeds
$1,000,000, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank thereof in writing and provide
Bank with such information regarding the same as Bank shall request (unless
providing such information would waive Borrower's attorney-client privilege).
Such notification to Bank shall constitute a grant of a security interest in the
commercial tort claim and all proceeds thereof to Bank, and Borrower shall
execute and deliver all such documents and take all such actions as Bank shall
request in connection therewith.
6.5 TAXES; PENSION CONTRIBUTIONS.
Borrower will make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment of
all material federal, state, and local taxes or assessments and will deliver to
Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may defer payment of any contested
taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligations to pay
the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and
conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material
development in, any such proceedings involving more than $500,000, and (c) posts
bonds or takes other steps required to keep the contested taxes from becoming a
lien upon any of the Collateral. Borrower has paid, and shall continue to pay
all amounts necessary to fund all present and future pension, profit sharing,
and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has
not and will not withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete
termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any
such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of
Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or
its successors or any other governmental agency.
6.6 INSURANCE.
Borrower will keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and
in amounts standard for Borrower's industry, and as Bank may reasonably request.
Insurance policies will be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are
satisfactory to Bank in Bank's reasonable discretion. All property policies will
have a lender's loss payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional loss
payee and all liability policies will show the Bank as an additional insured and
provide that the insurer must give Bank at least 20 days notice before canceling
its policy. At Bank's request, Borrower will deliver certified copies of
policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy
will, at Bank's option if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, be
payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Bank shall release to Borrower,
so long as no Event of Default is reasonably likely to occur as a result of such
release by Bank, insurance proceeds with respect to Equipment which proceeds
shall be utilized by Borrower for the replacement of the Equipment with respect
to which the insurance proceeds were paid. Bank may require reasonable assurance
that the insurance proceeds were utilized by Borrower for such purpose.
6.7 FINANCIAL COVENANT.
At all times, Borrower shall have unrestricted cash and cash
equivalents (net of Credit Extensions) of no less than $50,000,000.
9.
6.8 REGISTRATION OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
Borrower will (a) protect, defend and maintain the validity and
enforceability of the Intellectual Property and promptly advise Bank in writing
of material infringements, (b) not allow any Intellectual Property material to
Borrower's business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public
without Bank's written consent, (c) concurrently with the filing of any Patent
or Trademark with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, any Copyright
with the United States Copyright Office, or any similar office or agency in any
other country or any political subdivision thereof, by either itself or through
any agent, employee, licensee or designee, promptly inform Bank (if any such
additional Patents, Trademarks, and/or Copyrights are not otherwise disclosed in
Borrower's public filings with the SEC), and, upon request of Bank, execute and
deliver any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as Bank may
request to evidence Bank's security interest in such Copyright, Patent or
Trademark, including, with respect to Trademarks, the goodwill of Borrower,
relating thereto or represented thereby.
6.9 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.
Intentionally Omitted.
6.10 USE OF PROCEEDS.
Borrower shall use the Advances (including Advances constituting Letters
of Credit) only for its general working capital requirements. Borrower shall use
the Equipment Advances only to purchase Equipment.
10.
6.11 PRIMARY ACCOUNTS.
Borrower shall maintain its primary operating accounts with Bank.
6.12 ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENTS.
Borrower shall provide five (5) Business Days written notice to Bank
before establishing any new deposit account or securities account and shall
deliver to Bank a Control Agreement within 30 days after the opening any such
account.
6.13 FURTHER ASSURANCES.
Borrower will execute any further instruments and take further action as
Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank's security interest in the
Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.
7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank's prior written
consent for so long as Bank has an obligation to lend or there are any
outstanding Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations):
7.1 DISPOSITIONS.
Convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively
"TRANSFER"), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of
its business or property, except for Transfers of (a) Inventory in the ordinary
course of business; (b) non-exclusive licenses and exclusive licenses limited to
a geographic range or field of use and similar arrangements (such as source code
escrow arrangements) for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries
in the ordinary course of business; (c) worn-out, surplus, or obsolete Equipment
in good faith in an arm's-length transaction; (d) Accounts where Adelphia
Communications and/or its Subsidiaries are the account debtor(s) and claims in
the bankruptcy proceedings of Adelphia Communications and/or its Subsidiaries
related to such Accounts, such Accounts and claims in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $3,000,000, to Satellite Asset Management or to such other purchaser in
good faith in an arm's-length transaction; or (e) cash or cash equivalents so
long as Borrower is in compliance with Section 6.7.
7.2 CHANGES IN BUSINESS, OWNERSHIP, OR STATE OF INCORPORATION.
Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business
other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related
thereto or have a Change in Control. Borrower will not, without at least 30 days
prior written notice to Bank, change its state of incorporation.
7.3 MERGERS OR ACQUISITIONS.
Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or
consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the
11.
capital stock or property of another Person, except where (a) no Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such action during
the term of this Agreement, (b) Borrower is the sole surviving entity, and (c)
such transactions do not result in a decrease of more than 25% of Tangible Net
Worth.
7.4 INDEBTEDNESS.
Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any
Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.
7.5 ENCUMBRANCE.
Create, incur, or allow any Lien on any of its property (including its
Intellectual Property), or assign or convey any right to receive income,
including the sale of any Accounts (except as permitted by Section 7.1), or
permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit
any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted
hereunder.
7.6 DISTRIBUTIONS; INVESTMENTS.
Directly or indirectly acquire or own any Person, or make any Investment
in any Person, other than Permitted Investments or as permitted by Section 7.3,
or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so. Pay any dividends (other than
dividends payable solely in capital stock) or make any distribution or payment
or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock except for (a) repurchases of
stock from former employees or directors of Borrower under the terms of
applicable repurchase agreements, provided that no Event of Default has
occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases,
and (b) the conversion of any convertible securities into other securities
pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange
therefore, and payments in cash for any fractional shares of such convertible
securities.
7.7 TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.
Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material
transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower (other than Subsidiaries of Borrower)
except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower's business,
upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would
be obtained in an arm's length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.
7.8 SUBORDINATED DEBT.
Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the
terms of the Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision in any document relating
to the Subordinated Debt without Bank's prior written consent.
7.9 COMPLIANCE.
Become an "investment company" or a company controlled by an "investment
company," under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its
important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use
the proceeds of any Advance
12.
for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit
a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur;
fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other
law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on Borrower's business or operations or would reasonably
be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to do so.
8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Any one of the following is an Event of Default:
8.1 PAYMENT DEFAULT.
If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations within three (3) Business
Days of their due date;
8.2 COVENANT DEFAULT.
If Borrower does not perform any obligation in Section 6 or violates any
covenant in Section 7;
8.3 MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.
If there (a) occurs a material adverse change in the business, operations,
or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (b) is a material
impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations or (c)
is a material impairment of the value or priority of Bank's security interests
in the Collateral;
8.4 ATTACHMENT.
If any material portion of Borrower's assets is attached, seized, levied
on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment,
seizure or levy is not removed in 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined,
restrained, or prevented by court order from conducting a material part of its
business or if a judgment or other claim becomes a Lien on a material portion of
Borrower's assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against
any of Borrower's assets by any government agency and not paid within 10 days
after Borrower receives notice. These are not Events of Default if stayed or if
a bond is posted pending contest by Borrower (but no Advances will be made
during the cure period);
8.5 INSOLVENCY.
If Borrower becomes insolvent or if Borrower begins an Insolvency
Proceeding or an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not
dismissed or stayed within 45 days (but no Advances will be made before any
Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);
8.6 OTHER AGREEMENTS.
If there is a default in any agreement between Borrower or a third party
that gives the
13.
third party the right to accelerate an Indebtedness exceeding $1,000,000 or that
could cause or result in a Material Adverse Change;
8.7 JUDGMENTS.
If money judgments in excess of $1,000,000 are rendered against Borrower
and unsatisfied and unstayed for 10 days (but no Advances will be made before
the judgment is stayed or satisfied);
8.8 MISREPRESENTATIONS.
If Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any material
misrepresentation or material misstatement now or later in any warranty or
representation in this Agreement or in any writing delivered to Bank or to
induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document; or
9. BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
9.1 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.
When an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or
demand, do any or all of the following:
(a) Declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but
if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are
immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);
(b) Stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower's
benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and
Bank;
(c) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account
debtors for amounts, on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable;
(d) Make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary
or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower will
assemble the Collateral if Bank requires and make it available as Bank
designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and
maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest,
or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security
interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter
and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank's rights
or remedies;
(e) Apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of
Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or
the account of Borrower;
(f) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair,
prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is granted a
non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge,
Borrower's labels, Patents, Copyrights, Mask Works, rights of use of any name,
trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter,
or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing
14.
production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in
connection with Bank's exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower's
rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank's benefit;
and
(g) Dispose of the Collateral according to the Code.
9.2 POWER OF ATTORNEY.
Effective only when an Event of Default occurs and continues, Borrower
irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney to: (a) endorse Borrower's name
on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower's name on
any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against account debtors,
(c) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower's insurance policies; (d)
settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with account
debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; and (e) transfer
the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Bank
may exercise the power of attorney to sign Borrower's name on any documents
necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any security interest
regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. Bank's appointment as
Borrower's attorney in fact, and all of Bank's rights and powers, coupled with
an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and
performed and Bank's obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.
9.3 ACCOUNTS COLLECTION.
When an Event of Default occurs and continues, (a) Bank may notify any
Person owing Borrower money of Bank's security interest in the funds and verify
the amount of the Account, and (b) Borrower must collect all payments in trust
for Bank and, if requested by Bank, immediately deliver the payments to Bank in
the form received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.
9.4 BANK EXPENSES.
If Borrower fails to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of
payment to third persons, Bank may make all or part of the payment or obtain
insurance policies required in Section 6.6, and take any action under the
policies Bank deems prudent. Any amounts paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and
immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then applicable rate and
secured by the Collateral. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make
similar payments in the future or Bank's waiver of any Event of Default.
9.5 BANK'S LIABILITY FOR COLLATERAL.
If Bank complies with reasonable banking practices and the Code, it is not
liable for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the
Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or
default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other person. Borrower bears
all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.
9.6 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.
Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and
all other
15.
agreements are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the
Code, by law, or in equity. Bank's exercise of one right or remedy is not an
election, and Bank's waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver.
Bank's delay is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence. No waiver is effective
unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the specific instance and
purpose for which it was given.
9.7 DEMAND WAIVER.
Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment
and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release,
compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents,
instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is
liable.
10. NOTICES
All notices or demands by any party about this Agreement or any other
related agreement must be in writing and be personally delivered or sent by an
overnight delivery service, by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt
requested, or by facsimile to the addresses set forth at the beginning of this
Agreement. A party may change its notice address by giving the other party
written notice.
11. CHOICE OF LAW , VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER
California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of
conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of
the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California.
BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE
OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED
TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS
WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.
EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.
12. GENERAL PROVISIONS
12.1 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.
This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and
permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any
rights under it without Bank's prior written consent which may be granted or
withheld in Bank's discretion. Bank has the right, without the consent of or
notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all
or any part of, or any interest in, Bank's obligations, rights and benefits
under this Agreement.
12.2 INDEMNIFICATION.
Borrower will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Bank and its officers,
employees,
16.
and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities
asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by
the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by
Bank from, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower
(including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), except with respect to (a)
and (b) above, for obligations, demands, claims, liabilities or losses caused by
Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
12.3 TIME OF ESSENCE.
Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations in this
Agreement.
12.4 SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.
Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision
in determining the enforceability of any provision.
12.5 AMENDMENTS IN WRITING; INTEGRATION.
All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by Borrower
and Bank. This Agreement represents the entire agreement about this subject
matter, and supersedes prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements,
understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the
parties about the subject matter of this Agreement merge into this Agreement and
the Loan Documents.
12.6 COUNTERPARTS.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by
different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and
delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.
12.7 SURVIVAL.
All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement
continue in full force while any Obligations remain outstanding. The obligations
of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank will survive until all statutes of
limitations for actions that may be brought against Bank have run.
12.8 CONFIDENTIALITY.
In handling any confidential information, Bank will exercise the same
degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but
disclosure of information may be made (a) to Bank's subsidiaries or affiliates
in connection with their business with Borrower, (b) to prospective transferees
or purchasers of any interest in the loans (provided, however, Bank shall use
commercially reasonable efforts in obtaining such prospective transferee or
purchasers agreement of the terms of this provision), (c) as required by law,
regulation, subpoena, or other order, (d) as required in connection with Bank's
examination or audit, and (e) as Bank considers appropriate exercising remedies
under this Agreement. Confidential information includes information that is not
either: (x) in the public domain or already in Bank's possession before
17.
disclosed to Bank by Borrower, or becomes part of the public domain after
disclosure to Bank; or (y) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not
know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.
12.9 ATTORNEYS' FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES.
In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of the
Loan Documents, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable
attorneys' fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred, in addition to
any other relief to which it may be entitled.
13. DEFINITIONS
In this Agreement:
"ACCOUNTS" are all existing and later arising accounts, contract rights,
and other obligations owed Borrower in connection with its sale or lease of
goods (including licensing software and other technology) or provision of
services, all credit insurance, guaranties, other security and all merchandise
returned or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower's Books relating to any of the
foregoing.
"ADVANCE" or "ADVANCES" is a loan advance (or advances) under the
Committed Revolving Line, including Advances used to issue or fund Letters of
Credit.
"AFFILIATE" of a Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or
indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under
common control with the Person, and each of that Person's senior executive
officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability
company, that Person's managers and members.
"BANK EXPENSES" are all audit fees and expenses and reasonable costs and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) for preparing,
negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents
(including appeals or Insolvency Proceedings).
"BORROWER'S BOOKS" are all Borrower's books and records including ledgers,
records regarding Borrower's assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business
operations or financial condition and all computer programs or discs or any
equipment containing the information.
"BUSINESS DAY" is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which
the Bank is closed.
"CHANGE IN CONTROL" is a transaction in which any "PERSON" or "GROUP"
(within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934) becomes the "BENEFICIAL OWNER" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number
of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily
entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such "PERSON" or
"GROUP" to elect a majority of the board of directors of Borrower, who did not
have such power before such transaction.
18.
"CLOSING DATE" is the date of this Agreement.
"CODE" is the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any applicable
jurisdiction.
"COLLATERAL" is the property described on Exhibit A.
"COMMITTED EQUIPMENT LINE" is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances
of up to the aggregate principal amount of $2,400,000.00.
"COMMITTED REVOLVING LINE" is an Advance or Advances of up to the
aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000.
"COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE" is a Compliance Certificate signed by a
Responsible Officer in substantially the same form of Exhibit C attached hereto.
"CONTINGENT OBLIGATION" is, for any Person, any direct or indirect
liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease,
dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation
directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with
recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly
liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of
that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or
commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other
agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in
interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but "CONTINGENT
OBLIGATION" does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business.
The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the
primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not
determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by
the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the
obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.
"CONTROL AGREEMENT" is an account control agreement, in form and substance
satisfactory to Bank, executed and delivered by Borrower, Bank and all
applicable depositary institutions, with respect to Borrower's deposit or
operating accounts, or all applicable securities intermediaries, with respect to
Borrower's securities accounts.
"COPYRIGHTS" are all copyright rights, applications or registrations and
like protections in each work or authorship or derivative work, whether
published or not (whether or not it is a trade secret) now or later existing,
created, acquired or held.
"CREDIT EXTENSION" is each Advance, Equipment Advance, Letter of Credit,
the Existing Equipment Debt or any other extension of credit by Bank for
Borrower's benefit.
"DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS" means all present and future "deposit account" as
defined in the California Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date hereof
with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without
limitation, all general and special bank accounts, demand accounts, checking
accounts, savings accounts, and certificates of deposit.
"EQUIPMENT" is all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant
improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in
which Borrower has any interest.
19.
"EQUIPMENT ADVANCE" is defined in Section 2.2(a).
"EQUIPMENT AVAILABILITY END DATE" is defined in Section 2.2(a).
"EQUIPMENT MATURITY DATE" is with respect to each Equipment Advance, the
last day of the Repayment Period for such Equipment Advance, or if earlier, the
date of acceleration of such Equipment Advance by Bank following an Event of
Default.
"EXISTING EQUIPMENT DEBT" is defined in Section 2.2(d).
"ERISA" is the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its
regulations.
"FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY" is any Subsidiary of Borrower that is organized under
the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States.
"GAAP" is generally accepted accounting principles.
"GENERAL INTANGIBLES" means all present and future "general intangibles"
as defined in the California Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date
hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes,
without limitation, all Intellectual Property, payment intangibles, royalties,
contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer
lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income tax refunds,
security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal
property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in
contract, tort, or otherwise), insurance policies (including, without
limitation, key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance),
payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.
"GUARANTOR" is any present or future guarantor of the Obligations.
"INDEBTEDNESS" is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred
price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for
surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds,
debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations and (d)
Contingent Obligations.
"INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING" are proceedings by or against any Person under the
United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law,
including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions
generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization,
arrangement, or other relief.
"INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY" is:
(a) Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents, and Mask Works including
amendments, renewals, extensions, and all licenses or other rights to use and
all license fees and royalties from the use;
(b) Any trade secrets and any intellectual property rights in
computer software and computer software products now or later existing, created,
acquired or held; and
20.
(c) All design rights which may be available to Borrower now
or later created, acquired or held.
"INVENTORY" is present and future inventory in which Borrower has any
interest, including merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and
shipping materials, work in process and finished products intended for sale or
lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, of every kind and
description now or later owned by or in the custody or possession, actual or
constructive, of Borrower, including inventory temporarily out of its custody or
possession or in transit and including returns on any accounts or other proceeds
(including insurance proceeds) from the sale or disposition of any of the
foregoing and any documents of title.
"INVESTMENT" is any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership
interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital
contribution to any Person.
"INVESTMENT PROPERTY" means all present and future investment property,
securities, stocks, bonds, debentures, debt securities, partnership interests,
limited liability company interests, options, security entitlements, securities
accounts, commodity contracts, commodity accounts, and all financial assets held
in any securities account or otherwise, and all option and warrants to purchase
any of the foregoing, wherever located, and all other securities of every kind,
whether certificated or uncertificated.
"LETTER OF CREDIT" is defined in Section 2.1.2.
"LETTER OF CREDIT FEES" is defined in Section 2.1.2.
"LIEN" is a mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security
interest or other encumbrance.
"LOAN DOCUMENTS" are, collectively, this Agreement, any note, or notes or
guaranties executed by Borrower or Guarantor, any account control agreements,
and any other present or future agreement between Borrower or for the benefit of
Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, extended or restated.
"MASK WORKS" are all mask works or similar rights available for the
protection of semiconductor chips, now owned or later acquired.
"MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" is described in Section 8.3.
"MATURITY DATE" is December 16, 2005.
"OBLIGATIONS" are debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other
amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, including cash management services,
letters of credit and foreign exchange contracts, if any and including interest
accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or
obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank.
"OTHER PROPERTY" means the following as defined in the California Uniform
Commercial Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as
may hereafter be made, and all rights relating thereto: all present and future
"commercial tort claims" (including, without
21.
limitation, any commercial tort claims identified pursuant to Sections 5.3 or
6.4(b)), "documents", "instruments", "promissory notes", "chattel paper",
"letters of credit", "letter-of-credit rights", "fixtures", "farm products", and
"money"; and all other goods and personal property of every kind, tangible and
intangible, whether or not governed by the California Uniform Commercial Code.
"PATENTS" are patents, patent applications and like protections, including
improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and
continuations-in-part of the same.
"PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS" is:
(a) Borrower's Obligations;
(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and shown on the
Disclosure Letter;
(c) Subordinated Debt;
(d) Indebtedness of Borrower to any Subsidiary of Borrower and
of Subsidiaries to any other Subsidiary or to Borrower;
(e) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary
course of business;
(f) Indebtedness to financial institutions other than Bank in
connection with obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap
agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or
arrangement designated to protect Borrower against fluctuation in interest
rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices so long as such Indebtedness
does not to exceed $10,000,000;
(g) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens;
(h) Indebtedness of any Person existing at the time such
Person is merged with or into Borrower or becomes a Subsidiary as permitted
hereby, provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in connection with, or
in contemplation of, such Person merging with and into the Borrower or becoming
a Subsidiary of the Borrower; and
(i) Indebtedness with respect to surety, appeal, indemnity,
performance or other similar bonds incurred in the ordinary course of business,
consistent with past practices.
"PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" are:
(a) Investments shown on the Disclosure Letter and existing on
the Closing Date;
(b) (i) marketable direct obligations issued or
unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any
State thereof maturing within
22.
one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper
maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and
currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor's
Corporation or Moody's Investors Service, Inc., (iii) certificates of deposit
maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein issued by
Bank, and (iv) future Investments in similar types of Investments pursuant to
Borrower's investment policy (attached hereto as Schedule B) that has been
formally adopted or otherwise approved by Borrower's Board of Directors;
(c) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers
permitted by Section 7.1;
(d) Investments in connection with the acquisition of any part
of the capital stock or property of another Person so long as (i) no Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such action during
the term of this Agreement, (ii) Borrower is in compliance with Section 7.3
hereof, and (iii) such transactions do not result in a decrease of more than 25%
Tangible Net Worth;
(e) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances, employee
relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of
business not to exceed $1,000,000 and (ii) non-cash loans to employees, officers
or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower pursuant
to employee stock purchase plans or arrangements approved by Borrower's board of
directors;
(f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in
connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and
in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers
or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;
(g) Investments consisting of notes receivable or, prepaid
royalties and other credit obligations to customers and suppliers who are not
Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business.
(h) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable
instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary
course of Borrower;
(i) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or
Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries; and
(j) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary
course of Borrower's business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of
technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support,
provided that (i) any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed $5,000,000 in
the aggregate in any fiscal year, and (ii) Borrower remains in compliance with
Section 6.7 hereof.
"PERMITTED LIENS" are:
(a) Liens existing on the Closing Date and shown on the
Disclosure Letter or arising under this Agreement or other Loan Documents;
23.
(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government
charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and
for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, if they have no
priority over any of Bank's security interests;
(c) Purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by
Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred for financing the acquisition of the
Equipment, or (ii) existing on equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined
to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the equipment;
(d) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in
circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;
(e) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising
as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the
importation of goods;
(f) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in
connection with Borrower's deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such
institutions, provided that Bank has a first priority perfected security
interest in such accounts and in the amounts and securities held therein;
(g) Liens in connection with surety or appeals bonds or
letters of credit securing such bonds or reimbursement obligations in connection
with statutory obligations, bids, tenders, or otherwise in the ordinary course
of business provided all such Liens in the aggregate could not (even if
enforced) reasonably be likely cause or result in an Event of Default;
(h) Leases or subleases granted in the ordinary course of
Borrower's business, including in connection with Borrower's leased premises or
leased property;
(i) Additional Liens consented to in writing by Bank which
consent may be withheld in Bank's good faith business judgment;
(j) Licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of
Borrower's business and any interest or title of a licensor or under any license
or sublicense;
(k) Other Liens not described above arising in the ordinary
course of business and not having or not reasonably likely to have a material
adverse effect on Borrower's and it Subsidiaries' business or operations taken
as a whole or would reasonably be expected to cause or result in a Material
Adverse Change; and
(l) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of
the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any
extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property
encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may
not increase.
Bank shall have the right to require, as a condition to its consent under
clause (i) above, that the holder of the additional Lien sign an intercreditor
agreement, in favor of Bank in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its
sole discretion, to acknowledge that the holder's Lien is subordinate to the
Lien in favor of Bank and agree not to take any action to enforce its
24.
subordinate Lien so long as any of the Obligations remain outstanding, and that
Borrower agree that any uncured default in any obligation secured by the
subordinate Lien shall also constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.
"PERSON" is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, company association, trust, unincorporated
organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation,
firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.
"PRIME RATE" is Bank's most recently announced "prime rate," even if it is
not Bank's lowest rate, and, in any event, shall not be less than four percent
(4.00%) per annum.
"REPAYMENT PERIOD" as to each Equipment Advance, is 36 months.
"RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" is each of the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.
"SUBORDINATED DEBT" is debt incurred by Borrower subordinated to
Borrower's indebtedness owed to Bank and which is reflected in a written
agreement in a manner and form acceptable to Bank and approved by Bank in
writing.
"SUBSIDIARY" is for any Person, or any other business entity of which more
than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly, by the Person or one or more Affiliates of the Person.
"TANGIBLE NET WORTH" is, on any date, the consolidated total assets of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus, (i) any amounts attributable to (a)
goodwill, (b) intangible items such as unamortized debt discount and expense,
Patents, trade and service marks and names, Copyrights and research and
development expenses except prepaid expenses, and (c) reserves not already
deducted from assets, and (ii) Total Liabilities.
"TOTAL LIABILITIES" is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be
classified as liabilities on Borrower's consolidated balance sheet, including
all Indebtedness and the current portion Subordinated Debt allowed to be paid,
but excluding all other Subordinated Debt.
"TRADEMARKS" are trademark and servicemark rights, registered or not,
applications to register and registrations and like protections, and the entire
goodwill of the business of Assignor connected with the trademarks.
"TRANSFER" is defined in Section 7.1.
[The signature page follows.]
25.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly authorized and caused this
Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.
BORROWER:
HARMONIC INC.
By: /s/Robin N. Dickson
-------------------
Printed Name: /s/Robin N. Dickson
-------------------
Title: Chief Financial Officer
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By: /s/Nick Tsiagkas
----------------
Printed Name: /s/Nick Tsiagkas
----------------
Title: Relationship Manager
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
HARMONIC INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
The following table shows certain information with respect to the active subsidiaries of the
Company as of December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State or Other Jurisdiction |
|
Percent of Voting Securities |
Name |
|
of Incorporation |
|
Owned by Harmonic |
Harmonic (Asia Pacific) Ltd.
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Data Systems Ltd.
|
|
Israel
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Europe S.A.S.
|
|
France
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Germany GmbH.
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic International Inc.
|
|
U.S.A.
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic International Limited.
|
|
Bermuda
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic Lightwaves (Israel) Ltd.
|
|
Israel
|
|
|
100 |
% |
Harmonic (UK) Ltd.
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
100 |
% |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8
(Nos. 333-105873, 333-91464, 333-84720, 333-59248, 333-43160, 333-86649, 333-65051, 333-44265,
333-38025 and 033-94138) and Form S-3 (No. 333-84430) of Harmonic Inc. of our report dated March
15, 2005, relating to the financial statements, managements
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
March 15, 2005
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Anthony J. Ley, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harmonic Inc., certify that:
1. |
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc. |
|
2. |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared; |
|
|
b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting. |
5. |
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 15, 2005 |
By: |
/s/Anthony J. Ley
|
|
|
|
Anthony J. Ley |
|
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Robin N. Dickson, Principal Financial Officer of Harmonic Inc., certify that:
1. |
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc. |
|
2. |
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
being prepared; |
|
|
b) |
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting. |
5. |
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 15, 2005 |
By: |
/s/Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
|
Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Anthony J. Ley, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harmonic Inc. (the
Company), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:
i. |
the accompanying annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004,
fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 as amended; and |
|
ii. |
the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of Harmonic Inc. |
This written statement is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit
accompanying such Report and shall not be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 15, 2005 |
/s/ Anthony J. Ley
|
|
|
Anthony J. Ley |
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive
Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Robin N. Dickson, Chief Financial Officer of Harmonic Inc. (the Company), certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:
i. |
the accompanying annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004,
fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 as amended; and |
|
ii. |
the information contained in such report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of Harmonic Inc. |
This written statement is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit
accompanying such Report and shall not be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of
1934.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 15, 2005. |
/s/ Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|